Table of Contents


 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

 

[X]          ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

OR

 

[   ]          TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the Transition Period from ______ to ______.

 

Commission File No. 1-14050

 

LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

06-1308215

(State or other jurisdiction

(I.R.S. Employer

of incorporation or organization)

Identification No.)

 

 

One Lexmark Centre Drive

 

740 West New Circle Road

 

Lexington, Kentucky

40550

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

 

 

(859) 232-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

Name of each exchange

Title of each class

on which registered

Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [X]   No [   ]

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes [   ]   No [X]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes [X]   No [   ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes [X]  No [   ]

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  [X]

Accelerated filer  [   ]

Non-accelerated filer [   ]

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company [   ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes [   ]  No [X]

 

The aggregate market value of the shares of voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $3.0 billion based on the closing price for the Class A Common Stock on the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

 

As of February 13, 2015, there were outstanding 60,692,719 shares (excluding shares held in treasury) of the registrant’s Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01, which is the only class of voting common stock of the registrant, and there were no shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01.

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Certain information in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year, is incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.


Table of Contents


LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

FORM 10-K

For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Page of

Form 10-K

 

PART I

 

 

Item 1.

BUSINESS

4

Item 1A.

RISK FACTORS

15

Item 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

21

Item 2.

PROPERTIES

21

Item 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

22

Item 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

22

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

Item 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

23

Item 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

26

Item 7.

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

27

Item 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

58

Item 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

59

Item 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

124

Item 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

124

Item 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

125

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

Item 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

126

Item 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

126

Item 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

126

Item 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

127

Item 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

127

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

Item 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

128


Table of Contents


Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are made based upon information that is currently available or management’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects upon the Company, speak only as of the date hereof, and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. We assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference herein to reflect any change in events, conditions or circumstances, or expectations with regard thereto, on which any such forward-looking statement is based, in whole or in part. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting the Company will be those anticipated by management, and there are a number of factors that could adversely affect the Company’s future operating results or cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from the estimates or expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, the factors set forth under the title “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this report. The information referred to above should be considered by investors when reviewing any forward-looking statements contained in this report, in any of the Company’s public filings or press releases or in any oral statements made by the Company or any of its officers or other persons acting on its behalf. The important factors that could affect forward-looking statements are subject to change, and the Company does not intend to update the factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this report. By means of this cautionary note, the Company intends to avail itself of the safe harbor from liability with respect to forward-looking statements that is provided by Section 27A and Section 21E referred to above.


Table of Contents


Part I

 

Item 1.          BUSINESS

 

General

 

Lexmark International, Inc. (“Lexmark” or the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation and the surviving company of a merger between itself and its former parent holding company, Lexmark International Group, Inc., (“Group”) consummated on July 1, 2000. Group was formed in July 1990 in connection with the acquisition of IBM Information Products Corporation from International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”). The acquisition was completed in March 1991. On November 15, 1995, Group completed its initial public offering of Class A Common Stock and Lexmark now trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LXK.”

 

Lexmark makes it easier for businesses of all sizes to improve their business processes by enabling them to capture, manage and access critical unstructured business information in the context of their business processes while speeding the movement and management of information between the paper and digital worlds. Since its inception in 1991, Lexmark has become a leading developer, manufacturer and supplier of printing, imaging, device management, managed print services (“MPS”), document workflow and, more recently, business process and content management solutions. The Company operates in the office printing and imaging, enterprise content management (“ECM”), business process management (“BPM”), document output management (“DOM”), intelligent data capture and search software markets. Lexmark’s products include laser printers and  multifunction devices, dot matrix printers and the associated supplies/solutions/services, as well as ECM, BPM, DOM, intelligent data capture, search and web-based document imaging and workflow software solutions and services.  Lexmark develops and owns most of the technology for its printing and imaging products and its software related to MPS and content and process management solutions.

 

The Company acquired Perceptive Software, Inc. (“Perceptive Software”), a leading provider of ECM software and document workflow solutions, in June of 2010 and acquired Pallas Athena, a leading provider of BPM, DOM and process mining and discovery software in October of 2011. The acquisitions build upon and strengthen Lexmark’s industry workflow solutions and MPS capabilities and allow the Company to compete in the faster growing content and process management software solutions markets. In keeping with this strategy and with the goal of becoming an end-to-end solutions provider, Lexmark acquired Brainware in February of 2012, and ISYS and Nolij in March of 2012. Brainware’s intelligent data capture platform extracts critical information from paper documents and electronic unstructured content enabling customers to more efficiently perform business processes. ISYS’s search solutions deliver powerful text mining and enterprise and federated search capabilities across a wide range of platforms enabling customers to facilitate rapid discovery of critical intelligence for more informed decision making. Nolij’s software is a fully web-based document imaging and workflow platform that includes innovative, native support for mobile devices and forms processing capabilities, focused on the education market. In December of 2012, Lexmark acquired Acuo Technologies, LLC (“Acuo”). Acuo is a leader in the vendor neutral archive (“VNA”) software segment that resides within the high growth enterprise clinical management and medical imaging software and services market.  Acuo, when combined with Lexmark’s Perceptive Software healthcare content and process management solutions, will enable customers to deploy a single, enterprise-wide access platform that connects unstructured clinical content and makes it easily accessible in context via a healthcare provider’s electronic medical record (“EMR”) system.

 

In March of 2013, the Company acquired AccessVia, Inc. (“AccessVia”) and Twistage, Inc. (“Twistage”). AccessVia provides industry-leading signage solutions to create and produce retail shelf-edge materials, all from a single platform, which can be directed to a variety of output devices and published to digital signs or electronic shelf tags. AccessVia, when combined with Lexmark’s MPS and expertise in delivering print and document process solutions to the retail market, will enable customers to quickly design and produce in-store signage for better and more timely merchandising in a highly distributed store environment. Twistage offers an industry-leading, cloud-enabled software platform for managing video, audio and image content. When combined with Lexmark, Twistage will enable customers to capture, manage and access all of their content, including rich media content assets, within the context of their business processes and enterprise applications.  In September of 2013, Lexmark acquired Saperion AG (“Saperion”). Saperion is a European-based leader in ECM solutions, focused on providing document archive and workflow solutions. The acquisition expands Perceptive Software’s European-based footprint in the ECM market, and will further strengthen the Company’s strategy of providing the platform, products and solutions that help companies manage their unstructured information challenges. In October of 2013, the Company acquired PACSGEAR, Inc. (“PACSGEAR”). PACSGEAR is a leading provider of connectivity solutions for healthcare providers to capture, manage and share medical images and related documents and integrate them with existing picture archiving and communication systems (“PACS”) and EMR systems. With this acquisition, Perceptive Software will be uniquely positioned to offer a vendor neutral, standards-based clinical content platform for capturing, managing, accessing and sharing patient medical imaging information and related documents within healthcare facilities through an EMR and between facilities via PACSGEAR technology.

 

In August of 2014, the Company acquired ReadSoft AB (“ReadSoft”), a leading global provider of software solutions that automate business processes, both on premise and in the cloud. Its software captures, classifies, sorts and routes both hard copy and digital business documents, provides approval workflows, and automatically extracts and verifies relevant data before depositing it into a customer’s system of record. With the addition of ReadSoft, Perceptive Software will grow its software offering with additional

Table of Contents


document process automation capabilities and expand its footprint in Europe. In October of 2014, the Company acquired GNAX Healthcare LLC (“GNAX Health”), a provider of image exchange software technology for exchanging medical content between medical facilities. In January of 2015, Lexmark announced the acquisition of Claron Technology, Inc. (“Claron”), a leading provider of medical image viewing, distribution, sharing and collaboration software technology. Lexmark continues the transition to a solutions company as it shifts from a hardware-centric company to a solutions company providing end-to-end solutions that allow customers to bridge the paper and digital worlds and the unstructured and structured content/process worlds.

 

The Company is primarily managed along two segments: Imaging Solutions and Services (“ISS”) and Perceptive Software. The information included in this report has been prepared under the current organizational structure for all periods presented. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company’s reportable segments.

 

In August 2012, the Company announced it was exiting the development and manufacturing of inkjet technology. In April of 2013, the Company and Funai Electric Co., Ltd. (“Funai”) entered into a Master Inkjet Sale Agreement of the Company’s inkjet-related technology and assets to Funai. Included in the sale were one of the Company’s subsidiaries, certain intellectual property and other assets of the Company. The sale closed in the second quarter of 2013. The Company continues to provide service, support and aftermarket supplies for its inkjet installed base.

 

Revenue derived from international sales, including exports from the United States of America (“U.S.”), accounts for approximately 57% of the Company’s consolidated revenue, with Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) accounting for 37% of worldwide sales. Lexmark’s products are sold in various countries in North and South America, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Asia, the Pacific Rim and the Caribbean. This geographic diversity offers the Company opportunities to participate in emerging markets, provides diversification to its revenue stream and operations to help offset geographic economic trends, and utilizes the technical and business expertise of a worldwide workforce. Currency exchange rates had a 1% unfavorable impact on 2014 revenue compared to 2013. Refer to Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Effect of Currency Exchange Rates and Exchange Rate Risk Management for more information. A summary of the Company’s revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area is found in Part II, Item 8, Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Market Overview1

 

Lexmark serves both the distributed printing and imaging, and content and process management markets with a focus on business customers. Lexmark’s enterprise content and process management software platform supports traditional business content as well as rich media and industry-specific content like medical image content, and includes enterprise search, intelligent capture, DOM, and business process and case management. Lexmark’s healthcare offering includes an industry leading, standards based and highly secure, content repository and VNA that integrates all patient unstructured information across the enterprise to enable easy access including access via an EMR system. This healthcare content and process management offering also includes workflow automation and information and medical imaging study sharing within and between facilities and organizations. Lexmark management believes the total relevant market opportunity of these markets combined in 2014 was approximately $80 billion. Lexmark management believes that the total relevant distributed laser printing and imaging market opportunity was approximately $70 billion in 2014, including printing hardware, supplies and related services. This opportunity includes printers and multifunction devices as well as a declining base of copiers and fax machines that are increasingly being integrated into multifunction devices. Based on industry information, Lexmark management believes that the overall distributed printing market declined slightly in 2014. The distributed printing industry is expected to experience flat to low single digit declining  revenue overall over the next few years but continued growth is expected in MPS, multifunction products (“MFPs”), and color laser printing products which are all areas of focus for Lexmark. Based on industry analysts’ forecasts, MPS and fleet solutions are projected to continue to experience approximately 10% annual revenue growth rates over the next several years and the relevant content and process management software markets that Lexmark participates in are projected to grow in aggregate approximately 11% annually over the next several years. In 2014, the total relevant content and process management software market was approximately $10 billion, excluding related professional services. However, management believes the total addressable market is significantly larger due to relatively low penetration of content and process management software solutions worldwide.

 

In general, as the printing and imaging market matures and printer and copier-based product markets continue to converge, the Company’s management expects competitive pressures to continue. However, management believes that this convergence represents an opportunity for printer-based product and solution vendors like Lexmark to displace copier-based products in the marketplace. The Company’s management believes that the integration of print/copy/fax/scan capabilities enables Lexmark to leverage strengths in network printing and document workflow solutions. Lexmark management also believes that it is well positioned to capture faster

 

1 - Certain information contained in the “Market Overview” section has been obtained from industry sources, public information and other internal and external sources. Data available from industry analysts varies widely among sources. The Company bases its analysis of market trends on the data available from several different industry analysts.

 

Table of Contents


growing software and services opportunities that are associated with providing MPS and content and process management software and services that are focused on streamlining and automating document-intensive business processes, as well as reducing unnecessary

print. Lexmark sees a significant opportunity to take a leadership role in providing innovative printing, imaging, content and process solutions and services to help business customers improve their productivity and business performance.

 

The content and process management software and services markets serve business customers. These markets include solutions for capturing all types of unstructured information such as hardcopy, photographs, emails, images, video, audio and faxes as well as intelligent indexing, archiving and routing of this information to streamline and automate process workflows while managing changes to both content and processes and automating governance and compliance policies. These solutions help companies leverage the value of their unstructured information by connecting it with existing enterprise applications and making it available in context within processes so that businesses can make better and faster decisions to enhance growth, improve productivity, lower costs and improve customer satisfaction. These markets also include solutions that help businesses understand existing processes, design and manage new processes, and enable the assembly of content into meaningful communications internally and with their customers and partners.

 

The continued digitization of information as well as the electronic distribution of information, has led to the rapid growth of unstructured digital information. Unstructured digital information is represented by office documents, emails, photographs, audio and video files, industry-specific content like high resolution medical images, document and image scans and other information that is not stored in a traditional structured database. Lexmark management believes that the deployment of content and process management systems and associated workflow solutions to effectively capture, manage and access this unstructured information is a significant long term opportunity. Lexmark management also believes the growth in unstructured digital information and the systems to manage it continues to positively impact the distributed printing and imaging market relative to centralized printing and imaging, as more of the information that is being printed and captured is on distributed devices and less on commercial and centralized devices. Lexmark’s customers are increasingly interested in streamlining and automating document workflows and business processes in order to reduce costs and/or improve customer service. Improving business processes includes reducing physical handling, movement and storage of hardcopy documents, as well as reducing unnecessary and wasteful printing. Lexmark sees the greatest waste in high volume centralized print which includes the need to physically transport printed materials to the point-of-need and has been traditionally associated with considerable amounts of unused and wasted printed material. Lexmark’s distributed print and enterprise content and process management solutions and services are focused on reducing centralized print and reducing unnecessary distributed print as well.

 

Laser technology based products within the distributed printing market primarily serve business customers. Laser products can be divided into two major categories — large workgroup products and lower-priced small workgroup products. Large workgroup products are typically attached directly to large workgroup networks, while small workgroup products are attached to personal computers (“PCs”) and/or small workgroup networks. Both product categories include color and monochrome laser offerings.

 

The large workgroup products include laser printers and MFP devices, which typically include high-performance internal network adapters and are easily upgraded to include additional input and output capacity and finishing capabilities as well as additional memory and storage. Most large workgroup products also have sophisticated network management tools and are available as single function printers, and as MFP devices that can print/copy/fax and scan to network.

 

Color and MFP devices continue to represent a more significant portion of the laser market. The Company’s management believes that these trends will continue. Industry pricing pressure is partially offset by the tendency of customers to purchase higher value color and MFP devices and optional paper handling and finishing features. Customers are also purchasing connected smart MFPs and content and process management software solutions and services to optimize their document-related processes and infrastructure in order to improve productivity and cost.

 

Strategy

 

Lexmark’s strategy is based on a business model of investing in technology to develop and sell printing and imaging, and content and process management solutions, including printers, multifunction devices and software solutions with the objective of growing its installed base of hardware devices and software installations, which drives recurring printing supplies sales and software subscription, maintenance and services revenue. Supplies have been the primary profit engine of the business model. Supplies profit helps fund new technology investments in products, solutions, services and software. As Lexmark continues to increase its mix of MPS and content and process management software solutions, management anticipates that the Company’s annuity mix will increasingly include software and services, in addition to printing supplies. The addition of Perceptive Software and its expansion through the acquisitions of Pallas Athena, Brainware, Isys, Nolij, Acuo, AccessVia, Twistage, Saperion, PACSGEAR, ReadSoft, GNAX Health and Claron add to Lexmark’s traditional technology strength and provide content and process management solutions for specific industries and business processes. The Company’s management believes that Lexmark has the following strengths related to this business model:

 

Table of Contents


 

 

 

Lexmark is focused on driving long-term performance by strategically investing in technology, hardware and software products and solutions to secure high value product installations and capture profitable supplies, software subscriptions, and maintenance and service annuities in content-intensive industries and business processes.

 

Lexmark’s ISS segment continues to focus on capturing profitable supplies and service annuities generated from its monochrome and color laser printers and MFPs. Associated strategic initiatives include:

 

 

 

 

 

ISS’ strategy requires that it provide an array of high-quality, technologically-advanced products and solutions at competitive prices. ISS continually enhances its products to ensure that they function efficiently in increasingly-complex enterprise network environments. It also provides flexible tools to enable network administrators to improve productivity. ISS’ target markets include large corporations, small and medium businesses (“SMBs”), and the public sector. ISS’ strategy requires that it continually identify and focus on industry-specific print and document process-related issues so that it can differentiate itself by offering unique industry solutions and related services. ISS’ research and development investments continue to strengthen the breadth and depth of its workgroup laser line, color laser line and laser MFPs.

 

Because of ISS’ strength and focus on printing and document process solutions, the Company has formed alliances and original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) arrangements to pursue incremental business opportunities through its alliance partners.

 

The acquisitions of Perceptive Software, Pallas Athena, Brainware, Isys, Nolij, Acuo, AccessVia, Twistage, Saperion, PACSGEAR, ReadSoft, GNAX Health and Claron enhance Lexmark’s capabilities as a content and process management solutions provider, expand the Company’s market opportunity, and provide a core strategic component for Lexmark’s future. Lexmark’s software strategy is to deliver affordable, industry and process specific workflow enhancing solutions through deep industry expertise and a broad content and process management software platform, with a focus on making solutions easy to integrate, use, and support. Key software strategic initiatives include:

 

 

 

Table of Contents


 

Segment Information — ISS

 

             Products — ISS

 

ISS offers a broad portfolio of monochrome and color laser printers and laser MFPs, as well as supplies, software applications, software solutions and MPS to help businesses efficiently capture, manage and access information. ISS laser products are core building blocks for enabling information on demand. They are designed to enable intelligent document capture in addition to delivering high-quality printed output on a variety of media types and sizes. When combined with innovative document management and business process workflow software, primarily from Perceptive Software, these products accelerate productivity by connecting people with the information they need.

 

 

Within the single-function monochrome laser printer category, ISS continues to offer the Lexmark MS310, MS410, MS510, MS610, MS710 and MS810 Series printers, which are designed to meet the needs of small, midsize and large workgroups. These monochrome laser printers deliver print speeds ranging from 35 pages per minute (ppm) to 70 ppm. During 2014, ISS announced the MS911 for large or departmental workgroups that require A3 (11 inch x 17 inch) paper support.

 

Within the monochrome multifunction laser printer category, ISS continues to offer the Lexmark MX310, MX410, MX510, MX610, MX710, MX810 and MX910 Series MFPs, which deliver fast scanning and print and copy speeds ranging from 35 ppm to 70 ppm. ISS also continues to offer the A3-capable X860 Series. ISS also continues to offer the MX6500e, a modular scanner option, which transforms selected high-end Lexmark A4 printers into fully featured multifunction devices.

 

 

Within the single-function color laser printer category, ISS continues to offer the Lexmark CS310, CS410, CS510 and C740 color laser printers, which are designed to meet the needs of small and midsize workgroups. For larger workgroups, ISS continues to offer the Lexmark C790 Series single-function printers, which offer 50 pages per minute output speed and paper handling and finishing options. For departmental workgroups that require A3 paper support, ISS continues to offer the C900 Series printers.

 

Within the color laser multifunction printer category, ISS continues to offer the CX310, CX410, CX510 and X740 color laser MFPs, which are designed to meet the needs of small and midsize workgroups. Models within these series offer performance and features typically present on larger devices, such as 4.3-inch touch screens and built-in productivity tools and apps. For larger workgroups, ISS continues to offer the Lexmark X790 Series MFPs, which offer 50 pages per minute output speed and paper handling and finishing options. For departmental workgroups that require A3 paper support, ISS continues to offer the X900 Series MFPs.

 

 

Lexmark has ceased development and manufacturing of inkjet technology.  Lexmark will continue to provide service, support, and aftermarket supplies for its inkjet installed base.

 

 

ISS continues to market several dot matrix printer models for customers who print multipart forms.

 

 

ISS designs, manufactures and distributes a variety of cartridges, service parts and other supplies for use in its installed base of laser, inkjet and dot matrix printers.  Revenue and profit growth from the ISS supplies business is directly linked to the ability to increase the installed base of ISS laser products or the usage rate of those products.  Lexmark management believes that ISS is an industry leader with regard to the recovery, remanufacture, reuse and recycling of used laser supplies cartridges and service parts, helping to keep empty cartridges and service parts out of landfills. Attaining that leadership position was made possible by various empty cartridge and used parts collection programs administered by ISS around the world. ISS continues to expand cartridge and service parts collection to further expand its remanufacturing business and this environmental commitment.

 

 

ISS, both directly and through business partners, offers a wide range of services covering its line of printing products and technology solutions including maintenance, consulting, systems integration and MPS offerings to provide a comprehensive output solution. Lexmark Global Services provide customers with an assessment of their current environment and then a recommendation and implementation plan for the future state. Upon implementation, Lexmark provides management and optimization of their output

Table of Contents


environment and document related workflow/business processes. MPS allow organizations to outsource fleet management, technical support, supplies replenishment, maintenance activities and other services.

 

Through its MPS offerings, ISS gives customers greater visibility and control of their printing environment. These services include asset lifecycle management; implementation and decommissioning services; proactive consumables management; remote device monitoring and management; and business process optimization that include industry specific and back office solutions. These services are tailored to meet each customer’s unique needs to ensure their mission-critical business processes run smoothly.

 

Lexmark Customer Support Services are comprised of authorized maintenance and repair, technical support, warranty support and parts operations. From basic service coverage to comprehensive support, Lexmark offers a range of plans to meet the specific demands of the customer’s output environment and reduce costly downtime.

 

ISS printer products generally include a warranty period of at least one year, and customers typically have the option to purchase an extended warranty. Extended warranties may be purchased at any time during the printer’s base warranty year(s) and are available on ISS laser and dot matrix devices for a total warranty period of two, three, or four years.

 

             Marketing and Distribution — ISS

 

ISS employs large-account sales and marketing teams whose mission is to generate demand for its business printing solutions and services, primarily among large corporations, small and medium businesses, as well as the public sector. These sales and marketing teams primarily focus on industries such as financial services, retail, manufacturing, education, government and health care, and in conjunction with ISS’ development and manufacturing teams, are able to customize printing solutions to meet customer needs for printing electronic forms, media handling, duplex printing, intelligent capture and other document workflow solutions. ISS distributes and fulfills its products to business customers primarily through its well-established distributor and reseller network. The ISS distributor and reseller network includes IT Resellers, Direct Marketing Resellers, and Copier Dealers.

 

ISS’ international sales and marketing activities for business customers are organized to meet the needs of the local jurisdictions and the size of their markets. Operations in EMEA, North America, Latin America and Asia Pacific focus on large-account and SMB demand generation with orders primarily filled through distributors and resellers.

 

Supplies for both laser and inkjet products are generally available at the customer’s preferred point-of-purchase through multiple channels of distribution. Although channel mix varies somewhat depending upon the geography, most of ISS’ laser supplies products sold commercially in 2014 were sold through the ISS network of Lexmark-authorized supplies distributors and resellers, who sell directly to end-users, or to independent office supply dealers. Inkjet supplies are primarily sold through large office superstores, discount store chains, distributors, online, wholesale clubs, and consumer electronics stores.

 

ISS also sells its products through numerous alliances and OEM arrangements. During 2014, 2013 and 2012, no one customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues.

 

             Competition — ISS

 

ISS continues to develop and market new products and innovative solutions at competitive prices. New product announcements by ISS’ principal competitors, however, can have, and in the past, have had, a material impact on the Company’s financial results. Such new product announcements can quickly undermine any technological competitive edge that one manufacturer may enjoy over another and set new market standards for price, quality, speed and functionality. Furthermore, knowledge in the marketplace about pending new product announcements by ISS’ competitors may also have a material impact on the Company as purchasers of printers may defer buying decisions until the announcement and subsequent testing of such new products.

 

In recent years, ISS and its principal competitors, many of which have significantly greater financial, marketing and/or technological resources than the Company, have regularly lowered prices on hardware products and are expected to continue to do so. ISS has experienced and remains vulnerable to these pricing pressures. ISS’ ability to grow or maintain market share has been and may continue to be affected by these pricing pressures, resulting in lower profitability. Lexmark expects that as it competes with larger competitors, ISS’ increased market presence may attract more frequent challenges, both legal and commercial, including claims of possible intellectual property infringement.

 

The distributed printing market is extremely competitive. The market share leader in the distributed laser printing market is Hewlett-Packard (“HP”), which has a widely-recognized brand name and has been identified as the market leader as measured in annual units shipped. With the convergence of traditional printer and copier markets, major laser competitors now include traditional copier companies such as Canon, Ricoh and Xerox. Other laser competitors include Brother, Konica Minolta, Kyocera, Okidata and Samsung.

 

Table of Contents


Refill, remanufactured, clones, counterfeits and other compatible alternatives for some of ISS’ toner and ink cartridges are available and compete with ISS’ supplies business. However, these alternatives may result in inconsistent quality and reliability. As the installed base of laser and inkjet products matures, the Company expects competitive supplies activity to increase.

 

             Manufacturing and Materials — ISS

 

ISS operates manufacturing control centers in Lexington, Kentucky; Shenzhen, China; and Geneva, Switzerland; and has company-owned manufacturing sites in Boulder, Colorado and Juarez, Mexico. ISS also has customization centers in each of the major geographies it serves. ISS retains control over manufacturing processes that are technologically complex, proprietary in nature and central to ISS’ business model, such as the manufacture of toner and photoconductors. ISS shares some of its technical expertise with certain manufacturing partners, many of whom have facilities located in China, which collectively provide ISS with substantially all of its printer production capacity. ISS continually reviews its manufacturing strategies, capabilities, and cost structure and makes adjustments as necessary.

 

Manufacturing operations for laser printer supplies are located in Boulder, Colorado; Juarez, Mexico; Zary, Poland; and Shenzhen, China. Laser printer cartridges are assembled by a combination of in-house and third-party contract manufacturing. The manufacturing control center for laser printer supplies is located in Geneva, Switzerland.

 

Manufacturing operations for inkjet printer supplies are located in Lapu-Lapu City, Philippines and Juarez, Mexico. Inkjet printer supplies are assembled by a combination of in-house and third-party manufacturing. The manufacturing control center for inkjet printer supplies is located in Geneva, Switzerland.

 

ISS procures a wide variety of components used in the manufacturing process, including semiconductors, electro-mechanical components and assemblies, as well as raw materials, such as plastic resins. Although many of these components are standard off-the-shelf parts that are available from multiple sources, ISS often utilizes preferred supplier relationships, and in certain cases single sourced supplier relationships, to better ensure more consistent quality, cost and delivery. In addition, ISS sources some printer engines and finished products from OEMs. Typically, these preferred suppliers and OEMs maintain alternate processes and/or facilities to ensure continuity of supply. ISS occasionally faces capacity constraints when there has been more demand for its products than initially projected. From time to time, ISS may be required to use air shipment to expedite product flow, which can adversely impact ISS’ operating results. Conversely, in difficult economic times, ISS’ inventory can grow as market demand declines.

 

During 2014, ISS continued to execute supplier managed inventory (“SMI”) agreements with its primary suppliers to improve the efficiency of the supply chain. Lexmark’s management believes these SMI agreements improve ISS’ supply chain inventory pipeline and supply chain flexibility which enhances responsiveness to our customers. In addition, the Company’s management believes these agreements improve supplier visibility to product demand and therefore improve suppliers’ timeliness and management of their inventory pipelines. As of December 31, 2014, a significant majority of printers were purchased under SMI agreements. Any impact on future operations would depend upon factors such as ISS’ ability to negotiate new SMI agreements and future market pricing and product costs.

 

             Backlog — ISS

 

Although ISS experiences availability constraints from time to time for certain products, ISS generally fills its orders within 30 days of receiving them. Therefore, ISS usually has a product backlog of less than 30 days at any one time, which the Company does not consider material to its business. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding deferred service revenue, which makes up most of the Company’s service backlog.

 

             Seasonality — ISS

 

ISS experiences some seasonal market trends in the sale of its products and services. For example, ISS’ sales are often stronger during the second half of the year and ISS’ sales in Europe are often weaker in the summer months. The impact of these seasonal trends on ISS has become less predictable due to the exit of the inkjet business and less consumer exposure.

 

Segment Information — Perceptive Software

 

             Products — Perceptive Software

 

Perceptive Software offers a complete suite of ECM, BPM, DOM, intelligent data capture, search software and medical imaging VNA software products and solutions.

 

Table of Contents


 

Perceptive Software’s capture, content, search and process management software products and solutions, enable users to capture, manage, and collaborate on important documents, information, and business processes, protect data integrity throughout its lifecycle and access precise content in the context of the users’ everyday business processes. These components are developed and maintained by Perceptive Software.

 

In 2014, Perceptive Software acquired two new software companies to enhance the software portfolio. ReadSoft is a leading provider of document process automation worldwide.  The combination of the ReadSoft and Perceptive Software product portfolios will enhance the accounts payable automation solution with tighter integration to ERP systems, including Oracle and SAP. In October of 2014, Perceptive Software strengthened its position in the healthcare space with the acquisition of GNAX Health, a medical image sharing provider via the cloud. The combination of Perceptive Software VNA technology with GNAX Health will enable doctors at the point of care to easily share medical images across organizations for viewing and collaborating with other clinicians, in addition to storing those images. In January of 2015, the Company acquired Claron, a leading provider of medical image viewing, distribution, sharing and collaboration software technology. With the addition of Claron, Perceptive Software expands its offering to healthcare providers by enabling referring physicians and clinicians to access, view and collaborate on patient information and medical images that reside outside the EMR systems, while concurrently image-enabling the EMR and providing easy Web-based access via desktop and mobile devices.

 

Perceptive Software has continued to enhance its position in the healthcare industry by strengthening its VNA technology which will enable doctors at the point of care to easily share medical images across organizations for viewing and collaborating with other clinicians, in addition to storing those images.

 

Perceptive Software also continued to expand its content and process platform with the release of Perceptive Content 7.0. Perceptive Content 7.0 provides a zero-footprint web and mobile platform to improve user access to the system from anywhere in the world. In addition, Perceptive Content 7.0 features enhancements for mobile capture, department administration, records management, and rich media management.

 

In April of 2014, Perceptive Software announced the development of a new Evolution platform enabling all technologies in the portfolio to seamlessly interact with one another. This common platform furthers the value of the software product portfolio and allows for powerful combinations of software to solve key business process inefficiencies in shorter timeframes. Perceptive Search, Capture, VNA and BPM also had incremental product releases in 2014.

 

 

Perceptive Software offers industry specific solutions across target industries — healthcare, government, retail, manufacturing, higher education and financial services — as well as select back office functions — accounting, human resources, and contracts. These solutions are comprised of select products, best practice templates, and industry specific deployment methodologies that account for the unique differences deploying across industries. These solutions are documented and present various levels of automation based on the needs of the specific customer according to the cost, schedule, and scope of their respective projects.

 

In 2014, a number of these solutions were enhanced with emphasis on the Healthcare clinical market segment specifically related to helping manage the EMR systems and the corresponding patient chart review processes. Integrations with leading EMR providers were also enhanced in 2014. In addition, with the acquisitions of Acuo in 2012, PACSGEAR in 2013, GNAX Health in 2014 and Claron in 2015, Perceptive Software continues to strengthen and enhance its VNA and healthcare imaging solutions to healthcare customers. The merger of these technologies will also give customers a single, enterprise-wide access and workflow platform for managing patient clinical content via any EMR system.

 

Perceptive Software strengthened its leadership position in Higher Education with improvements to the Intelligent Capture for Transcripts solution. The integrated solution utilizes the intelligent data capture engine to capture student information and reduce the manual processing times of transcripts. Improvements in handwriting extraction technology enhance the value of this solution and create additional possibilities for use across Higher Education institutions.

 

Perceptive Software released multiple new solutions for the Back Office. A mobile approver app strengthens the value of Perceptive Software’s workflow for accounts payable automation, while the Intelligent Capture for Remittances solution expands our Back Office reach with a best practices package for accounts receivable.

 

In addition, Perceptive Software launched integrated connectors to major enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) and customer relationship management (“CRM”) providers including Salesforce and Colleague while creating seamless integration with the suite of Google apps.

 

Table of Contents


Perceptive Capture and Perceptive Search, which provide the aforementioned intelligent data capture and search capabilities, enable businesses to dramatically improve the efficiency of processes in accounts payable, accounts receivable, order management and benefits processing, as well as transcript processing in higher education, by extracting needed data automatically from business documents received as paper or electronically in a variety of forms such as PDFs and TIFs.  Perceptive Capture’s very high rate of data extraction is achieved through the use of patented search and machine learning technologies that allow its extraction rate to improve with time.  This extracted data is matched against master data from existing customer systems to intelligently integrate with ERPs or other systems and speed the business process.  Perceptive Search provides business users the ability to search virtually any repository in their IT environment, to identify needed documents or information stored within those documents. This includes the creation of entities and relationships that uncover patterns related to the desired information.

 

             Marketing and Distribution — Perceptive Software

 

Perceptive Software uses a direct to market sales and demand generation approach, employing internal sales and marketing teams that are segmented by industry sector — specifically healthcare, public sector (which includes higher education and government), and commercial, which spans areas such as retail, banking, insurance and manufacturing. With its headquarters in Lenexa, Kansas, Perceptive Software also has primary business offices in Denver, Colorado; Ashburn, Virginia; Bloomington, Minnesota; Pleasanton, California; Berlin, Germany and Helsingborg, Sweden, as well as employees co-located within ISS offices around the world. Perceptive Software also offers a channel partner program that allows authorized third-party resellers to market and sell Perceptive Software products and solutions to a distributed market, as well as an OEM program which includes Perceptive Software’s offerings within channel partners’ existing solutions to their customers.

 

Perceptive Software offers to license its software products and solutions in a variety of ways. The traditional method is to offer licenses perpetually, with customers paying up front for the software/solution and then paying for on-going maintenance and support services, generally on an annual basis. This traditional model can be hosted by the customer or Perceptive Software.

 

Perceptive Software also offers its software and solutions under a Software as a Service (“SaaS”) model where customers pay on a subscription basis. Such payments can be made quarterly or annually. Under the SaaS business model, Perceptive Software generally manages and operates the system and associated infrastructure in its secure data centers, allowing the customer to maintain focus on their business and customers. The SaaS option offers the benefit of lower initial cost to the customer and enables them to take advantage of newly available features quickly and easily. Finally, customers may also subscribe to Perceptive Software product and solution licenses on a recurring basis (quarterly or annually) with customers managing and operating the system and associated infrastructure on the customer’s premises.

 

             Competition — Perceptive Software

 

Perceptive Software is a leading developer of content and process management products and solutions, including intelligent capture, ECM, BPM, DOM and enterprise search. Perceptive Software takes an end-to-end approach to content and process management solutions. With its Content in Context™ methodology, Perceptive Software offers the flexibility and scalability to automate virtually any business process and manage the entire lifecycle of any content elevating the value of an organization’s transactional content. Perceptive Software’s principal method of competition is to provide specific industry/sector and back office process solutions, combining its software platform and products that have the ability to be quickly and easily configured and integrated with a large number of business applications. The market for Perceptive Software’s products is highly competitive, and the Company’s management expects competition will continue to intensify as the capture, ECM and BPM markets mature. Perceptive Software competes with a large number of ECM providers, including document management and web content management businesses, as well as companies that focus on document imaging, workflow and capture. Competitors in the ECM market space include larger competitors such as EMC’s Documentum, OpenText, and IBM’s FileNet, as well as various smaller competitors, such as Hyland. Perceptive Software competes with a number of BPM competitors including Appian, IBM, OpenText and Pegasystems. Competitors in the capture market space include many of the traditional ECM providers listed above as well as smaller competitors such as Kofax. Competitors in the Search space include Google Search Appliance, HP Autonomy and Coveo.

 

             Backlog — Perceptive Software

 

At December 31, 2014, Perceptive Software had a backlog of software license, maintenance, and professional services agreements with customers in the normal course of its business, most of which is expected to be recognized as revenue in 2015, though the terms of many SaaS deals extend for multiple years. The dollar amount of Perceptive Software backlog is not material to an understanding of the Company’s overall business.

 

Research and Development

 

Lexmark’s research and development efforts focus on technologies associated with laser printing, fleet management, connectivity, document management, ECM/BPM/DOM software, intelligent data capture, enterprise search, healthcare VNA and other customer facing solutions. Lexmark also develops related applications and tools that enable the Company to efficiently provide a broad range of

Table of Contents


services. Lexmark is also actively engaged in the design and development of enhancements to its existing products that increase the performance, improve ease of use and lower production costs. In the case of certain products, the Company may elect to purchase products or key components from third-party suppliers rather than develop them internally.

 

Lexmark conducts research and development activities in various locations including Lexington, Kentucky; Boulder, Colorado; Lenexa, Kansas; Cebu City, Philippines; Kolkata, India; Berlin, Germany and Stockholm, Sweden. Research and development expenditures were $354 million in 2014, $287 million in 2013, and $369 million in 2012.

 

The process of developing new products is complex and requires innovative designs that anticipate customer needs and technological trends. The Company must make strategic decisions from time to time as to which technologies will produce products and solutions in market sectors that will experience the greatest future growth. There can be no assurance that the Company can develop the more technologically advanced products required to remain competitive.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2014, of the approximately 12,700 Lexmark employees worldwide, 3,900 are located in the U.S. and the remaining 8,800 are located in Europe, Canada, Latin America, Asia Pacific, the Middle East and Africa. None of the U.S. employees are represented by a union. Employees in France and the Netherlands are represented by a Statutory Works Council.

 

Available Information

 

Lexmark makes available, free of charge, electronic access to all documents (including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports, as well as any beneficial ownership filings) filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or the “Commission”) by the Company on its website at http://investor.lexmark.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such documents are filed. The Company also posts all required XBRL exhibits to its corporate web site on the same calendar day as the date of the related filing. The public may read and copy any materials the company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The executive officers of Lexmark and their respective ages, positions and years of service with the Company are set forth below.

 

Name of Individual

Age

Position

Years With

The Company

 

Paul A. Rooke …...………………………………

 

56

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

24

 

David Reeder ……………………………………

 

40

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

0

 

Martin S. Canning ...…………………………….

 

51

Executive Vice President and President of ISS

16

 

Scott T.R. Coons ………………………………..

 

48

Vice President and President & Chief Executive Officer of Perceptive Software

5

 

Ronaldo M. Foresti ……………………………...

 

62

Vice President of Asia Pacific and Latin America

11

 

Jeri L. Isbell ……………………………………..

 

57

Vice President of Human Resources

24

 

Robert J. Patton …………………………………

 

53

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

14

 

Gary D Stromquist ………………………………

 

59

Vice President, ISS and Corporate Finance

24

 

Mr. Rooke has been a Director of the Company since October 2010. Since April 2011, Mr. Rooke has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. From October 2010 to April 2011, Mr. Rooke served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. From July 2007 to October 2010, Mr. Rooke served as Executive Vice President and President of the Company’s former Imaging Solutions Division (“ISD”). From November 2002 to July 2007, Mr. Rooke served as Executive Vice President and

Table of Contents


President of the Company’s former Printing Solutions and Services Division (“PSSD”). Prior to such time, Mr. Rooke served as Vice President and President of PSSD and Vice President and President of the Company’s former Business Printer Division.

 

Mr. Reeder has been Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since January 2015 when he joined the Company.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Reeder served as Chief Financial Officer of Electronics for Imaging, Inc. from January 2014 to January 2015.  From July 2012 to January 2014, Mr. Reeder served as Vice President, Finance of Cisco Systems, Inc.’s Enterprise Networking Division. Prior to such time, Mr. Reeder served as Vice President and Managing Director, Asian Operations as well as Senior Director, Controller, for Broadcom Corporation from October 2008 to June 2012.

 

Mr. Canning has been Executive Vice President and President of ISS since November 2010. From July 2010 to November 2010, Mr. Canning served as Executive Vice President and President of PSSD and from July 2007 to July 2010 as Vice President and President of PSSD. From January 2006 to July 2007, Mr. Canning served as Vice President and General Manager, PSSD Worldwide Marketing and Lexmark Services and PSSD North American Sales and Marketing. From August 2002 to January 2006, Mr. Canning served as Vice President and General Manager, PSSD Worldwide Marketing and Lexmark Services.

 

Mr. Coons has been Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of Perceptive Software since June 2010 when the Company acquired Perceptive Software. Prior to the acquisition, Mr. Coons served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Perceptive Software from August 1995 to June 2010.

 

Mr. Foresti has been Vice President of Asia Pacific and Latin America since January 2008. From May 2003 to January 2008, Mr. Foresti served as the Company’s Vice President and General Manager of Latin America.

 

Ms. Isbell has been Vice President of Human Resources of the Company since February 2003. From January 2001 to February 2003, Ms. Isbell served as Vice President of Worldwide Compensation and Resource Programs in the Company’s Human Resources department.

 

Mr. Patton has been Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company since October 2008. From June 2008 to October 2008, Mr. Patton served as Acting General Counsel and Secretary. From February 2001 to June 2008, Mr. Patton served as Corporate Counsel.

 

Mr. Stromquist has been Vice President, ISS and Corporate Finance since November 2010, except from May 2014 to January 2015, when Mr. Stromquist served as Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer. From June 2009 to November 2010, Mr. Stromquist served as Vice President, PSSD and Corporate Finance. From July 2001 to June 2009, Mr. Stromquist served as Vice President and Corporate Controller of the Company.

 

Intellectual Property

 

The Company’s intellectual property is one of its major assets and the ownership of the technology used in its products is important to its competitive position. Lexmark seeks to establish and maintain the proprietary rights in its technology and products through the use of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws, and confidentiality agreements.

 

Lexmark holds a portfolio of approximately 1,439 U.S. patents and approximately 462 pending U.S. patent applications. The Company also holds approximately 757 foreign patents and pending patent applications. These patents generally have a term of twenty years from the time they are filed. As the Company’s patent portfolio has been developed over time, the remaining terms on the individual patents vary. The inventions claimed in these patents and patent applications cover aspects of the Company’s current and potential future products, manufacturing processes, business methods and related technologies. The Company is developing a portfolio of patents that protects its product lines and offers the possibility of entering into licensing agreements with others. While the Company believes that its portfolio of patents and applications have value, no single patent is in itself essential to our business as a whole or any individual segment.

 

Lexmark has a variety of intellectual property licensing and cross-licensing agreements with a number of third parties. Certain of Lexmark’s material license agreements, including those that permit the Company to manufacture some of its current products, terminate as to specific products upon certain “changes of control” of the Company.

 

The Company has trademark registrations or pending trademark applications for the name LEXMARK in approximately 90 countries for various categories of goods and services. Lexmark also owns a number of trademark applications and registrations for various product names. The Company holds worldwide copyrights in computer code and publications of various types. Other proprietary information is protected through formal procedures, which include confidentiality agreements with employees and other entities.

 

Lexmark’s success depends in part on its ability to obtain patents, copyrights and trademarks, maintain trade secret protection and operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others. While Lexmark designs its products to avoid infringing the intellectual property rights of others, current or future claims of intellectual property infringement, and the expenses resulting there from, could

Table of Contents


materially adversely affect its business, operating results and financial condition. Expenses incurred by the Company in obtaining licenses to use the intellectual property rights of others and to enforce its intellectual property rights against others also could materially affect its business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect Lexmark’s proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S.

 

Environmental and Regulatory Matters

 

Lexmark’s operations, both domestically and internationally, are subject to numerous laws and regulations, including those relating to environmental matters that impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the air, water and soil and establish standards for the treatment, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes. Lexmark could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, and third-party damage or personal injury claims, if the Company were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. The liability for environmental remediation and other environmental costs is accrued when Lexmark considers it probable and can reasonably estimate the costs. Environmental costs and accruals are presently not material to our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. There is no assurance that existing or future environmental laws applicable to our operations or products will not have a material adverse effect on Lexmark’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

Lexmark has implemented numerous programs to recover, remanufacture and recycle certain of its products and intends to continue to expand on initiatives that have a positive effect on the environment. Lexmark is committed to maintaining compliance with all environmental laws applicable to its operations, products and services.

 

Lexmark is also required to have permits from a number of governmental agencies in order to conduct various aspects of its business. Compliance with these laws and regulations has not had, and in the future is not expected to have, a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company. There can be no assurance, however, that future changes in environmental laws or regulations, or in the criteria required to obtain or maintain necessary permits, will not have an adverse effect on the Company’s operations.

 

Lexmark is subject to legislation in an increasing number of jurisdictions that makes producers of electrical goods, including printers, financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products (sometimes referred to as “product take-back legislation”). There is no assurance that such existing or future laws will not have a material adverse effect on Lexmark’s operations or financial condition, although Lexmark does not anticipate that effects of product take-back legislation will be different or more severe for Lexmark than the impacts on others in the electronics industry.

 

Item 1A.         Risk Factors

 

The following significant factors, as well as others of which Lexmark is unaware or deem to be immaterial at this time, could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or operating results in the future. Therefore, the following information should be considered carefully together with other information contained in this report. Past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods.

 

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, global economic weakness and uncertainty and reductions in government spending could adversely impact the Company’s revenue and other financial results.

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents


 

 

If the Company cannot successfully execute on its strategy to become an end-to-end solutions provider, the Company’s revenue and gross margin may suffer.

 

 

Decreased consumption of supplies could negatively impact the Company’s operating results.

 

 

 

Any failure by the Company to execute planned cost reduction measures timely and successfully could result in total costs and expenses that are greater than expected or the failure to meet operational goals as a result of such actions.

 

 

The competitive pricing pressure in the market may negatively impact the Company’s operating results.

 

 

Table of Contents


 

Changes in the Company’s tax provisions or tax related assets or liabilities could negatively impact the Company’s profitability.

 

 

 

The Company’s failure to manage inventory levels or production capacity may negatively impact the Company’s operating results.

 

 

The revenue and profitability of the Company’s operations have historically varied, which makes future financial results less predictable.

 

 

The Company may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of any investments, acquisitions or other significant transactions, which could harm financial results.

 

 

Table of Contents


 

If the Company’s data protection or other security measures are compromised and, as a result, the Company’s data, the Company’s customers’ data or the Company’s IT systems are accessed improperly, made unavailable, or improperly modified, the Company’s products and services may be perceived as vulnerable, its brand and reputation could be damaged, the IT services the Company provides could be disrupted, and customers may stop using the Company’s products and services, all of which could reduce the Company’s revenue and earnings and expose the Company to legal claims and regulatory actions.

 

 

 

 

 

The Company’s inability to develop new products and enhance existing products to meet customer product requirements on a cost competitive basis may negatively impact the Company’s operating results.

 

Table of Contents


 

The Company may experience difficulties in product transitions negatively impacting the Company’s performance and operating results.

 

 

Due to the international nature of the Company’s business, changes in a country’s or region’s political or economic conditions or other factors could negatively impact the Company’s revenue, financial condition or operating results.

 

 

 

The failure of the Company’s information technology systems or the Company’s failure to successfully implement new information technology systems, may negatively impact the Company’s operating results.

 

 

The Company’s reliance on international production and distribution facilities, international manufacturing partners and certain key suppliers could negatively impact the Company’s operating results.

 

 

Table of Contents


Business disruptions could seriously harm future revenue and financial condition and increase costs and expenses.

 

 

Increased competition in the Company’s aftermarket supplies business may negatively impact the Company’s revenue and gross margins.

 

 

The Company’s inability to obtain and protect its intellectual property and defend against claims of infringement by others may negatively impact the Company’s operating results.

 

 

Ineffective internal controls could impact the Company's business and financial results:

 

 

Customer demands and new regulations related to conflict-free minerals may adversely affect the Company.

 

 

Table of Contents


New legislation, fees on the Company’s products or litigation costs required to protect the Company’s rights may negatively impact the Company’s cost structure, access to components and operating results.

 

 

The Company’s inability to perform satisfactorily under service contracts for managed print services or software services may negatively impact the Company’s strategy and operating results.

 

 

The inability to attract, retain and motivate key employees could adversely affect the Company’s operating results.

 

 

Terrorist acts, acts of war or other political conflicts may negatively impact the Company’s ability to manufacture and sell its products.

 

 

Any variety of factors unrelated to the Company’s operating performance may negatively impact the Company’s operating results or the Company’s stock price.

 

 

Item 1B.         UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 2.         PROPERTIES

 

Lexmark’s corporate headquarters and principal development facilities are located on a 374 acre campus in Lexington, Kentucky. Perceptive Software’s headquarters is located in Lenexa, Kansas. At December 31, 2014, the Company owned or leased

Table of Contents


approximately 5.2 million square feet of administrative, sales, service, research and development, warehouse and manufacturing facilities worldwide. Approximately 3.0 million square feet is located in the U.S. and the remainder is located in various international locations. The Company’s principal international manufacturing facility is located in Mexico. The principal domestic manufacturing facility is located in Colorado. The Company occupies facilities for development in various locations including the U.S., the Philippines, India, Germany and Sweden. The Company owns approximately 70 percent of the worldwide square footage and leases the remaining 30 percent. The leased property has various lease expiration dates. The Company believes that it can readily obtain appropriate additional space as may be required at competitive rates by extending expiring leases or finding alternative space. Included in the statements above is approximately 0.7 million square feet owned or leased for Perceptive Software.

 

None of the property owned by Lexmark is held subject to any major encumbrances and the Company believes that its facilities are in good operating condition.

 

Item 3.         LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

The information required by this item is set forth in Note 19 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of Part II of this report, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 4.         MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.


Table of Contents


Part II

 

Item 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Market Information

 

Lexmark’s Class A Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LXK.” As of February 13, 2015, there were 1,652 holders of record of the Class A Common Stock and there were no holders of record of the Class B Common Stock. Information regarding the market prices of the Company’s Class A Common Stock appears in Part II, Item 8, Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Dividend Policy

 

Dividends of $0.30 per common share were declared on February 21, 2013, April 25, 2013, July 25, 2013, October 24, 2013 and February 20, 2014. Dividends of $0.36 per common share were declared on April 24, 2014, July 24, 2014, October 23, 2014 and February 19, 2015. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes 15 and 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding dividends.

 

Lexmark is continuing to execute on its stated capital allocation framework of returning, on average, more than 50 percent of free cash flow (net cash flows provided by operating activities minus purchases of property, plant and equipment plus proceeds from sale of fixed assets) to its shareholders through dividends and share repurchases while pursuing acquisitions and organic investments that support the strengthening and growth of the Company. The Company anticipates paying dividends quarterly, though future declarations of dividends are subject to Board of Directors’ approval and may be adjusted as business needs or market conditions change.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Period

Total Number of Shares Purchased (2)

 

 

Average Price Paid per Share (2)

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (2)

 

 

Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (in millions) (1)(2)

October 1-31, 2014

460,591 

 

$

40.60 

 

460,591 

 

$

92.2 

November 1-30, 2014

62,481 

 

 

52.82 

 

62,481 

 

 

88.9 

December 1-31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

88.9 

Total

523,072 

 

$

42.06 

 

523,072 

 

 

 

 

(1) Information regarding the Company’s share repurchases can be found in Part II, Item 8, Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(2) On October 24, 2014, the Company entered into an Accelerated Share Repurchase (“ASR”) Agreement with a financial institution counterparty. Under the terms of the ASR Agreement, the Company paid $22 million targeting approximately 0.5 million shares based on the closing price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock on October 24, 2014. On October 29, 2014, the Company took delivery of 85% of the shares, or approximately 0.5 million shares at a cost of $18.7 million. On November 21, 2014, the counterparty delivered approximately 0.1 million additional shares in final settlement of the agreement, bringing the total shares repurchased under the ASR to approximately 0.5 million shares at an average price per share of $42.06.


Table of Contents


Performance Graph

 

The following graph compares cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s Class A Common Stock with a broad performance indicator, the S&P MidCap 400 Index, and an industry index, the S&P 400 Information Technology Index, for the period from December 31, 2009, to December 31, 2014. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in the Class A Common Stock and each index were $100 at December 31, 2009, and that all dividends were reinvested.

 

 

Comparison of cumulative total returns

12/31/09

12/31/10

12/31/11

12/30/12

12/31/13

12/31/14

Lexmark International, Inc.

$

100 

$

134 

$

128 

$

94 

$

150 

$

180 

S&P MidCap 400 Index

 

100 

 

127 

 

124 

 

147 

 

196 

 

215 

S&P 400 Information Technology Index

 

100 

 

133 

 

117 

 

135 

 

174 

 

188 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Source: Standard & Poor's Capital IQ

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents


Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table provides information about the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2014:

 

(Number of Securities in Millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan Category

Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights

 

 

Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights (1)

 

Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity compensation Plans

 

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders

4.4 

(2)

 

$

54.93 

 

10.1 

(3)

Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders (4)

0.1 

 

 

 

44.19 

 

0.0 

 

Total

4.5 

 

 

$

54.63 

 

10.1 

 

 

(1) The numbers in this column represent the weighted average exercise price of stock options only

 

(2) Of the approximately 4.4 million shares outstanding under the equity compensation plans approved by stockholders, there were approximately 1.8 million stock options (of which 1,627,000 are employee stock options and 137,000 are nonemployee director stock options) and approximately 2.6 million restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and deferred stock units (“DSUs”), including associated dividend equivalent units (of which 2,349,000 are employee RSUs and DSUs and 280,000 are nonemployee director RSUs and DSUs). Performance-based RSUs granted in 2012, 2013 and 2014 were included at the target level of achievement. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

 

(3) Of the approximately 10.1 million shares available, 9.8 million relate to employee plans (of which 4.8 million may be granted as full-value awards) and 0.3 million relate to the nonemployee director plan.

 

(4) As of December 31, 2014, approximately 52,000 shares remained outstanding (all of which are in the form of stock options) pursuant to awards made under the Lexmark International, Inc. Broad-Based Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the “Broad-Based Plan”), an equity compensation plan which had not been approved by the Company’s stockholders. On February 24, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors terminated the Broad-Based Plan and cancelled the remaining available shares that had been authorized for issuance under the Broad-Based Plan.


Table of Contents


Item 6.            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The table below summarizes recent financial information for the Company. For further information refer to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

(Dollars in Millions, Except per Share Data)

 

 

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

Statement of Earnings Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue (1)

$

3,710.5 

$

3,667.6 

$

3,797.6 

$

4,173.0 

$

4,199.7 

Operating income (1)(2)(3)

$

149.2 

$

409.2 

$

191.5 

$

367.7 

$

460.2 

Net earnings (1)(2)(3)(4)

$

79.1 

$

261.8 

$

107.6 

$

275.2 

$

350.2 

Net earnings per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic (1)(2)(3)(4)

$

1.28 

$

4.16 

$

1.57 

$

3.57 

$

4.46 

Diluted (1)(2)(3)(4)

$

1.25 

$

4.08 

$

1.55 

$

3.53 

$

4.41 

Cash dividends declared per common share

$

1.38 

$

1.20 

$

1.15 

$

0.25 

$

 

Statement of Financial Position Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

3,633.1 

$

3,616.9 

$

3,525.3 

$

3,640.2 

$

3,706.8 

Total debt

$

699.7 

$

699.6 

$

649.6 

$

649.3 

$

649.1 

 

(1) Refer to Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Acquisition-Related Adjustments and Part II, Item 8, Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the Company’s acquisitions and pre-tax charges related to amortization of intangible assets and other acquisition-related costs and integration expenses for 2014, 2013 and 2012. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the Company’s divestiture-related adjustments for 2013. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the Company’s reportable segment Revenue and Operating income (loss) for 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

The Company acquired Pallas Athena on October 18, 2011. Perceptive Software Revenue and Operating income (loss) included in the table above for 2011 were $94.8 million and $(29.5) million, respectively. The Company incurred pre-tax charges of $24.5 million in 2011 related to acquisitions, including $21.2 million related to amortization of intangible assets and $3.3 million of other acquisition-related costs and integration expenses.

 

The Company acquired Perceptive Software in the second quarter of 2010. Perceptive Software Revenue and Operating income (loss) included in the table above for 2010 (subsequent to the acquisition) were $37.3 million and $(16.0) million, respectively. The Company incurred pre-tax charges of $19.1 million in 2010 related to acquisitions, primarily Perceptive Software, including $12.0 million related to amortization of intangible assets and $7.1 million of other acquisition-related costs and integration expenses.

 

(2) Refer to Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Restructuring Charges and Project Costs for more information on the Company’s restructuring charges and project costs for 2014, 2013 and 2012. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the Company’s restructuring charges for 2014, 2013 and 2012. Amounts in 2011 include restructuring charges and project costs of $29.9 million. Amounts in 2010 include restructuring charges and project costs of $38.6 million.

 

(3) Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the Company’s asset and actuarial net (gain) loss on pension and other postretirement benefit plans for 2014, 2013 and 2012. Amounts in 2011 include asset and actuarial net loss on pension and other postretirement benefit plans of $94.7 million. Amounts in 2010 include asset and actuarial net loss on pension and other postretirement benefit plans of $1.9 million.

 

(4) Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the Company’s discrete tax items for 2014, 2013 and 2012. Amounts in 2010 include a $14.7 million benefit from discrete tax items mainly related to audits concluding, statutes expiring, and true-ups of prior year tax returns.


Table of Contents


Item 7.          MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

OVERVIEW

 

Products and Segments

 

Lexmark makes it easier for businesses of all sizes to improve their business processes by enabling them to capture, manage and access critical unstructured business information in the context of their business processes while speeding the movement and management of information between the paper and digital worlds. Since its inception in 1991, Lexmark has become a leading developer, manufacturer and supplier of printing, imaging, device management, MPS, document workflow and, more recently, business process and content management solutions. The Company operates in the office printing and imaging, ECM, BPM, DOM, intelligent data capture and search software markets. Lexmark’s products include laser printers and  multifunction devices, dot matrix printers and the associated supplies/solutions/services, as well as ECM, BPM, DOM, intelligent data capture, search and web-based document imaging and workflow software solutions and services.

 

The Company is primarily managed along two segments: ISS and Perceptive Software.

 

 

 

Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company’s reportable segments, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

Key Messages

 

2014

 

Lexmark is focused on driving long-term performance by strategically investing in technology, hardware and software products and solutions to secure high value product installations and capture profitable supplies, software maintenance and service annuities in document-intensive industries and business processes in distributed environments. The Company continues the transition to a solutions company as it shifts from a hardware-centric company to a solutions company providing end-to-end solutions that allow customers to bridge the paper and digital worlds and the unstructured and structured content/process worlds. Lexmark provides comprehensive capabilities to allow customers to manage their print and MFP environment, including MPS. The Company also continues to build its capabilities to help customers capture, manage and access unstructured content, in any form, through both organic investment and acquisitions.

 

The Company continues a strategic focus on growing its MPS offerings and the placement of high-end hardware. The Company also continues the strategic focus on expansion in solutions and software capabilities, to both strengthen its MPS offerings and grow its non-printing related software solutions business focused in the ECM, BPM and DOM markets. These strategic focus areas are

Table of Contents


intended to increase our penetration in the business segment. The business segment tends to have higher page generating and more software intensive application requirements, which drive increasing levels of supplies and software maintenance and support revenue.

 

In order to support these strategic focus areas, and to allow Lexmark to participate in the growing market to manage unstructured data and processes, and to further strengthen the Company’s products, content/business process management solutions and MPS, the Company acquired Brainware, Nolij, ISYS and Acuo Technologies in 2012; Twistage, Access Via, Saperion and Pacsgear in 2013; ReadSoft and GNAX Health in 2014; and Claron in 2015. These acquisitions are included in the Perceptive Software segment.

 

While focusing on core strategic initiatives, Lexmark has taken actions over the last few years to improve its cost and expense structure. As a result of restructuring initiatives, significant changes have been implemented, from the consolidation and reduction of the manufacturing and support infrastructure and the increased use of shared service centers in low-cost countries, to the exit of inkjet technology. In 2012, the Company announced restructuring actions including exiting the development and manufacturing of its remaining inkjet hardware. In the second quarter of 2013, the Company and Funai entered into a Master Inkjet Sale Agreement of the Company’s inkjet-related technology and assets to Funai for total cash consideration of $100 million. Included in the sale were one of the Company’s subsidiaries, certain intellectual property and other assets of the Company. The Company will continue to provide service, support and aftermarket supplies for its current inkjet installed base. The sale closed in the second quarter of 2013. With this announcement, Lexmark has focused its printing and MFP development activities solely in laser-based technologies.

 

The Company remains committed on its stated capital allocation framework of returning, on average, more than 50 percent of free cash flow to its shareholders through dividends and share repurchases while pursuing acquisitions and organic investments that support the strengthening and growth of the Company.

 

Lexmark’s 2014 revenue was up 1% YTY, primarily due to higher laser revenue in the ISS segment and increased Perceptive Software revenue, offset by an unfavorable impact of approximately 4% due to the Company’s exit of inkjet technology and an unfavorable YTY currency impact of 1%. Operating income decreased 64% YTY primarily driven by the Gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets of $73.5 million recognized in the 2013 period and a pension and other postretirement benefit plan net loss of $80.5 million in 2014, compared with a net gain of $83.0 million in 2013. Operating income also reflected the revenue impacts discussed above as well as a reduction in operating expenses due to the Company’s previously announced restructuring and ongoing expense actions.

 

As in 2014, the Company is focused in 2015 on revenue and profit growth from the strategic imaging and software segments of the business, particularly MPS offerings and Perceptive Software. While this growth will be dampened by the remaining Inkjet Exit headwind in 2015, this headwind will decline over time.

 

Refer to the section entitled “RESULTS OF OPERATIONS” that follows for a further discussion of the Company’s results of operations.

 

Trends and Opportunities

 

Lexmark serves both the distributed printing and imaging, and content and process management markets with a focus on business customers. Lexmark’s enterprise content and process management software platform supports traditional business content as well as rich media and industry-specific content like medical image content, and includes enterprise search, intelligent capture, DOM, and business process and case management. Lexmark’s healthcare offering includes an industry leading, standards based and highly secure, content repository and VNA that integrates all patient unstructured information across the enterprise to enable easy access including access via an EMR system. This healthcare content and process management offering also includes workflow automation and information and medical imaging study sharing within and between facilities and organizations. Lexmark management believes the total relevant market opportunity of these markets combined in 2014 was approximately $80 billion. Lexmark management believes that the total relevant distributed laser printing and imaging market opportunity was approximately $70 billion in 2014, including printing hardware, supplies and related services. This opportunity includes printers and multifunction devices as well as a declining base of copiers and fax machines that are increasingly being integrated into multifunction devices. Based on industry information, Lexmark management believes that the overall distributed printing market declined slightly in 2014. The distributed printing industry is expected to experience flat to low single digit declining revenue overall over the next few years, but continued growth is expected in MPS, MFPs, and color laser printing products which are all areas of focus for Lexmark. Based on industry analysts’ forecasts, MPS and fleet solutions are projected to continue to experience approximately 10% annual revenue growth rates over the next several years and the relevant content and process management software markets that Lexmark participates in are projected to grow in aggregate approximately 11% annually over the next several years. In 2014, the total relevant content and process management software market was approximately $10 billion, excluding related professional services. However, management believes the total addressable market is significantly larger due to relatively low penetration of content and process management software solutions worldwide.

 

Table of Contents


Market trends driving long-term growth include:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a result of these market trends, Lexmark has growth opportunities in monochrome and color laser printers and MFPs, MPS, as well as fleet management solutions, ECM, BPM, DOM, intelligent data capture, search, and medical imaging VNA, software products and solutions.

 

Color and MFP devices continue to represent a more significant portion of the laser market. The Company’s management believes that these trends will continue. Industry pricing pressure is partially offset by the tendency of customers to purchase higher value color and MFP devices and optional paper handling and finishing features. Customers are also purchasing connected smart MFPs and content and process management software solutions and services to optimize their document-related processes and infrastructure in order to improve productivity and cost.

 

While profit margins on printers and MFPs have been negatively affected by competitive pricing pressure, supplies sales are higher margin and recurring. In general, as the printing and imaging market matures and printer and copier-based product markets continue to converge, the Company’s management expects competitive pressures to continue.

 

Lexmark’s dot matrix printers include mature products that require little ongoing investment. The Company expects that the market for these products will continue to decline, and has implemented a strategy to continue to offer high-quality products while managing cost to maximize cash flow and profit.

 

The content and process management software and services markets serve business customers. These markets include solutions for capturing all types of unstructured information such as hardcopy, photographs, emails, images, video, audio and faxes as well as intelligent indexing, archiving and routing of this information to streamline and automate process workflows while managing changes to both content and processes and automating governance and compliance policies. These solutions help companies leverage the value of their unstructured information by connecting it with existing enterprise applications and making it available in context within processes so that businesses can make better and faster decisions to enhance growth, improve productivity, lower costs and improve customer satisfaction. These markets also include solutions that help businesses understand existing processes, design and manage new processes, and enable the assembly of content into meaningful communications internally and with their customers and partners.

 

Table of Contents


Management sees growth opportunities in large/global enterprises with a distributed workforce, in organizations that are seeking to optimize their content-related infrastructure and reduce costs, and in functional areas where workers rely on mobile devices for productivity.

 

The demand for content and process management solutions is strong in developed and emerging markets alike, representing a considerable growth opportunity for Perceptive Software. Lexmark’s products are already installed in geographies around the world, and management believes this global customer base serves as an impetus for additional installations for Perceptive Software outside of North America. Customers continue to purchase ECM solutions that result in greater efficiency and productivity in their various lines of business and back office operations.

 

Business systems such as ERP, EMR, and CRM systems represent a mature market and remain vital applications but do not satisfy an organization’s enterprise content management needs. The Company expects organizations to continue to look to ECM and BPM solutions to complete their enterprise information infrastructure, increasing the value of their core business system investments and leading to gains in efficiency.

 

Challenges and Risks

 

In recent years, Lexmark and its principal competitors, many of which have significantly greater financial, marketing and/or technological resources than the Company, have regularly lowered prices on printers and are expected to continue to do so. Other challenges and risks faced by Lexmark include:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Refer to the sections entitled “Competition – ISS” and “Competition – Perceptive Software” in Item 1, which are incorporated herein by reference, for a further discussion of major uncertainties faced by the industry and the Company. Additionally, refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference, for a further discussion of factors that could impact the Company’s operating results.

 

Strategy and Initiatives

 

Lexmark’s strategy is based on a business model of investing in technology to develop and sell printing and imaging, and content and process management solutions, including printers, multifunction devices and software solutions with the objective of growing its installed base of hardware devices and software installations, which drives recurring printing supplies sales and software subscription,

Table of Contents


maintenance and services revenue. The Company’s management believes that Lexmark has the following strengths related to this business model:

 

 

 

 

 

Lexmark’s strategy involves the following core strategic initiatives:

 

 

 

 

Refer to the section entitled “Strategy” in Item 1, which is incorporated herein by reference, for a further discussion of the Company’s strategies and initiatives.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

 

Lexmark’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations are based upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, as well as disclosures regarding contingencies. Lexmark bases its estimates on historical experience, market conditions, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the summary of significant accounting policies. An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used, or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to occur could materially impact the financial statements. The Company believes the following critical accounting policies affect its more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue recognition may be impacted by the Company’s ability to estimate sales incentives and expected returns.

 

For customer programs and incentives, Lexmark records estimated reductions to revenue at the time of sale for customer programs and incentive offerings including special pricing agreements, promotions and other volume-based incentives. Estimated reductions in revenue are based upon historical trends and other known factors at the time of sale. Lexmark also records estimated reductions to revenue for price protection, which it provides to substantially all of its distributor and reseller customers. The amount of price protection is limited based on the amount of dealers’ and resellers’ inventory on hand (including in-transit inventory) as of the date of the price change. If market conditions were to decline, Lexmark may take actions to increase customer incentive offerings or reduce prices, possibly resulting in an incremental reduction of revenue at the time the incentive is offered.

 

The Company also records estimated reductions to revenue at the time of sale related to its customers’ right to return product. Estimated reductions in revenue are based upon historical trends of actual product returns as well as the Company’s assessment of its products in the channel. Provisions for specific returns from large customers are also recorded as necessary.

 

Table of Contents


Multiple Element Arrangements

 

The Company also enters into multiple element agreements with customers which may involve the provisions of hardware and/or software, supplies, customized services such as installation, maintenance, and enhanced warranty services, and separately priced maintenance services. These bundled arrangements typically involve capital or operating leases, or upfront purchases of hardware or software products with services and supplies provided per contract terms or as needed.

 

The Company uses its best estimate of selling price (“BESP”) when allocating the transaction price for many of its product and service deliverables as permitted under the accounting guidance for multiple element arrangements when sufficient vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) and third party evidence do not exist. BESP for the Company’s product deliverables is determined by utilizing a weighted average price approach which starts with a review of historical stand-alone sales data. Prior sales are grouped by product and key data points utilized such as the average unit price and the weighted average price in order to incorporate the frequency of each product sold at any given price. Due to the large number of product offerings, products are then grouped into common product categories (families) incorporating similarities in function and use and a BESP discount is determined by common product category. This discount is then applied to product list price to arrive at a product BESP. BESP for the Company’s service deliverables is determined primarily by utilizing a cost plus margin approach as the Company does not typically sell its services on a stand-alone basis.  The Company generally uses third party suppliers to provide the services component of its multiple element arrangements, thus the cost of services is generally that which is invoiced to the Company, but may also include cost estimates based on parts, labor, overhead and estimates of the number of service actions to be performed. A margin is applied to the cost of services in order to determine a BESP, and is primarily based on consideration of internal factors such as margin objectives and pricing practices as well as competitor pricing strategies. For those services that are offered to customers on a stand-alone basis, the Company utilizes stand-alone quotes to develop a range of prices offered. A BESP for these services has been determined as an average price per hour.

 

For multiple element agreements that include software deliverables accounted for under the industry-specific revenue recognition guidance, relative selling price must be determined by VSOE, which is based on company specific stand-alone sales data or renewal rates. For software arrangements, the Company typically uses the residual method to allocate arrangement consideration as permitted under the industry-specific revenue recognition guidance.

 

Multiple element arrangements and software and related services represent a smaller, but faster growing portion of the Company’s overall business. Pricing practices could be modified in the future as the Company’s go-to-market strategies evolve. Such changes could impact BESP and VSOE, which would change the pattern and timing of revenue recognition for individual elements but would not change the total revenue recognized for the arrangements.

 

Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the Company’s policy for revenue recognition.

 

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts

 

Lexmark maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based on a variety of factors including the length of time receivables are past due, the financial health of its customers, unusual macroeconomic conditions and historical experience. If the financial condition of its customers deteriorates or other circumstances occur that result in an impairment of customers’ ability to make payments, the Company records additional allowances as needed.

 

In spite of economic uncertainty in Eurozone economies, the Company has not experienced an increase in credit losses in EMEA and no adjustments have been recognized in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts specifically regarding this matter as of December 31, 2014. Approximately 27% of the Company’s trade receivables balance is related to EMEA customers.

 

Restructuring

 

Lexmark records a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity at its fair value in the period in which the liability is incurred, except for liabilities for certain employee termination benefit charges that are accrued over time. Employee termination benefits associated with an exit or disposal activity are accrued when the obligation is probable and estimable as a postemployment benefit obligation when local statutory requirements stipulate minimum involuntary termination benefits or, in the absence of local statutory requirements, termination benefits to be provided are similar to benefits provided in prior restructuring activities. Employee termination benefits accrued as probable and estimable often require judgment by the Company’s management as to the number of employees being separated and the related salary levels, length of employment with the Company and various other factors related to the separated employees that could affect the amount of employee termination benefits being accrued. Such estimates could change in the future as actual data regarding separated employees becomes available.

 

Specifically for termination benefits under a one-time benefit arrangement, the timing of recognition and related measurement of a liability depends on whether employees are required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination

Table of Contents


benefits and, if so, whether employees will be retained to render service beyond a minimum retention period. For employees who are not required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits or employees who will not provide service beyond the minimum retention period, the Company records a liability for the termination benefits at the communication date. If employees are required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits and will be retained to render service beyond the minimum retention period, the Company measures the liability for termination benefits at the communication date and recognizes the expense and liability ratably over the future service period.

 

For contract termination costs, Lexmark records a liability for costs to terminate a contract before the end of its term when the Company terminates the agreement in accordance with the contract terms or when the Company ceases using the rights conveyed by the contract. The liability is recorded at fair value in the period in which it is incurred, taking into account the effect of estimated sublease rentals that could be reasonably obtained which may be different than company-specific intentions.

 

Warranty

 

Lexmark provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. The amounts accrued for product warranties are based on the quantity of units sold under warranty, estimated product failure rates, and material usage and service delivery costs. The estimates for product failure rates and material usage and service delivery costs are periodically adjusted based on actual results. For extended warranty programs, the Company defers revenue in short-term and long-term liability accounts (based on the extended warranty contractual period) for amounts invoiced to customers for these programs and recognizes the revenue ratably over the contractual period. Costs associated with extended warranty programs are expensed as incurred. To minimize warranty costs, the Company engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component suppliers. Should actual product failure rates, material usage or service delivery costs differ from the Company’s estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability may be required.

 

Inventory Reserves and Adverse Purchase Commitments

 

Lexmark writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory by an amount equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value. The Company estimates the difference between the cost of obsolete or unmarketable inventory and its market value based upon product demand requirements, product life cycle, product aging, product pricing and quality issues. Also, Lexmark records an adverse purchase commitment liability when anticipated market sales prices are lower than committed costs. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs and adverse purchase commitment liabilities may be required.

 

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans

 

The Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit costs and obligations are dependent on various actuarial assumptions used in calculating such amounts. The non-U.S. pension plans use economic assumptions similar to the U.S. pension plan, a defined benefit plan. Significant assumptions the Company must review and set annually related to its pension and other postretirement benefit obligations are:

 

 

 

 

Plan assets are invested in equity securities, government and agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, corporate debt, annuity contracts and other securities. The U.S. pension plan comprises a significant portion of the assets and liabilities relating to the Company’s pension plans. The investment goal of the U.S. pension plan is to achieve an adequate net investment return in order to provide for future benefit payments to its participants. U.S. asset allocation percentages as of December 31, 2014 were 36% equity and 64% fixed income investments. The U.S. pension plan employs professional investment managers to invest in U.S. equity, global equity, international developed equity, emerging market equity, U.S. fixed income, high yield bonds and emerging market debt. Each investment manager operates under an investment management contract that includes specific investment guidelines, requiring among other actions, adequate diversification, prudent use of

Table of Contents


derivatives and standard risk management practices such as portfolio constraints relating to established benchmarks. The U.S. pension plan currently uses a combination of both active management and passive index funds to achieve its investment goals.

 

The accounting guidance for employers’ defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans requires recognition of the funded status of a benefit plan in the statement of financial position. The change in the fair value of plan assets and net actuarial gains and losses are recognized in net periodic benefit cost in the fourth quarter of each year and whenever a remeasurement is triggered. The remaining components of pension and other postretirement benefit cost are recorded on a quarterly basis. Actuarial gains and losses may be related to actual results that differ from assumptions as well as changes in assumptions, which may occur each year. Factors that can significantly impact the amounts of such gains and losses include differences between the actual and expected return on plan assets, changes in discount rates used in the measurement of pension and other postretirement plan obligations each year, and changes in actuarial assumptions, such as plan participants’ life expectancy. Prior service cost or credit continue to be accumulated in other comprehensive earnings and amortized over the estimated future service period of active plan participants.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, the asset and actuarial net gains and losses on pension and other postretirement benefit plan remeasurements reflected in operating income were a loss of  $81 million, a gain of $83 million, and a loss of $22 million, respectively. The following table summarizes the components of the asset and actuarial net gain or loss on pension and other postretirement plan measurements during each period presented:

 

(Dollars in millions)

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in discount rate and other actuarial assumptions

$

103 

 

$

(66)

 

$

63 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual (return) loss on plan assets

 

(66)

 

 

(60)

 

 

(83)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

44 

 

 

43 

 

 

42 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total asset and actuarial net (gain) loss

$

81 

 

$

(83)

 

$

22 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

9.7 

%

 

9.3 

%

 

14.4 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

6.7 

%

 

6.9 

%

 

7.2 

%

 

The actuarial loss in 2014 was primarily due to a decrease in discount rates. Also increasing the loss was a change in mortality assumptions to reflect a new set of mortality tables finalized by the Society of Actuaries on October 24, 2014, which included longer life expectancies than projected by past tables. The actuarial gains in 2013 were mainly driven by increases in discount rates. The actuarial loss in 2012 was primarily due to a decrease in discount rates. For 2014, 2013, and 2012, asset returns exceeded expectations resulting in net asset gains of $22 million, $17 million and $41 million, respectively.

 

The following table illustrates the sensitivity of net periodic benefit cost and the projected benefit obligations for the Company’s U.S. pension plans to changes in the long-term discount rate and asset return assumptions. Under the Company’s accounting policy for pension plan asset gains and losses, changes in the actual return on plan assets are recognized as part of the annual fourth quarter plan remeasurement, or whenever a remeasurement is triggered. The expected return on plan assets assumption sensitivity applies to ongoing net periodic benefit cost recorded in interim periods. The impact of changing multiple factors below may not be achievable by combining the individual sensitivities provided below and such sensitivities are specific to the below time periods.

 

Table of Contents


 

Increase (Decrease) in 2014

 

Increase (Decrease) in Projected

 

Pre-tax Net Periodic Benefit

 

Benefit Obligation for the U.S.

 

Cost for the U.S. Pension Plans

 

Pension Plans as of Dec. 31, 2014

Change in Assumption

(in millions)

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

25 basis points decrease in discount rate

$

(0.8)

 

$

17.6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25 basis points increase in discount rate

 

0.8 

 

 

(16.9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

50 basis points decrease in actual return on plan assets

 

2.7 

 

 

No Impact 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50 basis points increase in actual return on plan assets

 

(2.7)

 

 

No Impact 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease) in 2014

 

 

 

Pre-tax Interim Period

 

Increase (Decrease) in Projected

 

Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

Benefit Obligation for the U.S.

 

for the U.S. Pension Plans

 

Pension Plans as of Dec. 31, 2014

 

(in millions)

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

25 basis points decrease in expected return on plan assets

$

1.3 

 

 

No Impact 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25 basis points increase in expected return on plan assets

 

(1.3)

 

 

No Impact 

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company estimates its tax liability based on current tax laws in the statutory jurisdictions in which it operates. These estimates include judgments about deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and such amounts recognized for tax purposes, as well as about the realization of deferred tax assets. If the provisions for current or deferred taxes are not adequate, if the Company is unable to realize certain deferred tax assets or if the tax laws change unfavorably, the Company could potentially experience significant losses in excess of the reserves established. Likewise, if the provisions for current and deferred taxes are in excess of those eventually needed, if the Company is able to realize additional deferred tax assets or if tax laws change favorably, the Company could potentially experience significant gains. The Company considers historical profitability, future market growth, future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies in determining the need for a deferred tax valuation allowance.

 

The Company is subject to ongoing tax examinations and assessments in various jurisdictions. Accordingly, the Company may incur additional tax expense based upon our assessment of the more-likely-than-not outcomes of such matters. In addition, when applicable, the Company adjusts the previously recorded tax expense to reflect examination results. Lexmark’s ongoing assessments of the more-likely-than-not outcomes of the examinations and related tax positions require judgment and can materially increase or decrease the Company’s effective tax rate, as well as impact the operating results. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the Company’s policy for income taxes.

 

Litigation and Contingencies

 

In accordance with guidance on accounting for contingencies, Lexmark records a provision for a loss contingency when management has determined that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Although the Company believes it has adequate provisions for any such matters, litigation is inherently unpredictable. Should developments occur that result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of the Company’s legal matters result in a substantial judgment against, or settlement by the Company, the resulting liability could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows.

 

Copyright Fees

 

Certain countries (primarily in Europe) and/or collecting societies representing copyright owners’ interests have taken action to impose fees on devices (such as scanners, printers and multifunction devices) alleging the copyright owners are entitled to compensation because these devices enable reproducing copyrighted content. Other countries are also considering imposing fees on certain devices. The amount of fees would depend on the number of products sold and the amounts of the fee on each product, which will vary by product and by country. The Company has accrued amounts that represent its best estimate of the copyright fee issues currently pending. Such estimates could change as the litigation and/or local legislative processes draw closer to final resolution.

 

Table of Contents


Environmental Remediation Obligations

 

Lexmark accrues for losses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. In the early stages of a remediation process, particular components of the overall obligation may not be reasonably estimable. In this circumstance, the Company recognizes a liability for the best estimate (or the minimum amount in a range if no best estimate is available) of its allocable share of the cost of the remedial investigation-feasibility study, consultant and external legal fees, corrective measures studies, monitoring, and any other component remediation costs that can be reasonably estimated. Accruals are adjusted as further information develops or circumstances change. Recoveries from other parties are recorded as assets when their receipt is deemed probable. Although environmental costs and accruals are presently not material to the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows, such estimates could change as the processes draw closer to final resolution.

 

Waste Obligation

 

Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) Directives issued by the European Union require producers of electrical and electronic goods to be financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products. The Company’s estimated liability for these costs involves a number of uncertainties and takes into account certain assumptions and judgments including collection costs, return rates and product lives. Should actual costs and activities differ from the Company’s estimates and assumptions, revisions to the estimated liability may be required.

 

Fair Value

 

The Company currently uses recurring fair value measurements in several areas including marketable securities, pension plan assets and derivatives. The Company also uses fair value measurements on a nonrecurring basis when testing goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment.

 

The Company uses third parties to report the fair values of its marketable securities and pension plan assets, though the responsibility remains with the Company’s management. The Company utilizes various sources of pricing as well as trading and other market data in its process of corroborating fair values and testing default level assumptions for these investments. The Company also uses third parties to assist with the valuation of certain illiquid securities as well as the valuation of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations when it is determined that an income approach is the most appropriate method to determine fair value.

 

In certain situations, there may be little or no market data available at the measurement date for the Company’s fair value measurements, thus requiring the use of significant unobservable inputs. Such measurements require more judgment and are generally classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

 

The Company’s Level 3 recurring fair value measurements are related to certain corporate debt, asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities. The fair values are classified as Level 3 due to (1) a low number of observed trades or pricing sources or (2) variability in the pricing data is higher than expected. There is less certainty that the fair values of these securities would be realized in the market due to the low level of observable market data.

 

Nonrecurring, nonfinancial fair value measurements are most often based on inputs or assumptions that are less observable in the market, thus requiring more judgment on the part of the Company in estimating fair value. Determination of the highest and best use of an asset from the perspective of market participants can result in fair value measurements that differ from estimates based on the Company’s specific intentions for the asset.

 

Refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes 2 and 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the Company’s fair value accounting policies and fair value measurements, respectively. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding pension plan assets.

 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Marketable Securities

 

The Company records its investments in marketable securities at fair value through accumulated other comprehensive earnings in accordance with the accounting guidance for available-for-sale securities. Once these investments have been marked to market, the Company must assess whether or not its individual unrealized loss positions contain other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). If an unrealized position is deemed OTTI, then the unrealized loss, or a portion thereof, must be recognized in earnings. The Company’s portfolio is made up almost entirely of debt securities for which OTTI must be recognized in accordance with the FASB OTTI guidance. The model in this guidance requires that an entity recognize OTTI in earnings for the entire unrealized loss position if the entity intends to sell or it is more likely than not the entity will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery of its amortized cost basis. If the entity does not expect to sell the debt security, but the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss is deemed to exist and OTTI shall be considered to have occurred. The OTTI is separated into two components, the amount representing the credit loss which is recognized in earnings and the amount related to all

Table of Contents


other factors which is recognized in other comprehensive income. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more details regarding this guidance. The Company’s policy considers various factors in making these two assessments.

 

Given the level of judgment required to make the assessments, the final outcomes of the Company’s investments in debt securities could prove to be different than the results reported. Issuers with good credit standings and relatively solid financial conditions today may not be able to fulfill their obligations ultimately. Furthermore, the Company could reconsider its decision not to sell a security depending on changes in its own cash flow projections as well as changes in the regulatory and economic environment that may indicate that selling a security is advantageous to the Company. Historically, the Company has incurred a low amount of realized losses from sales of marketable securities.

 

Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding the Company’s marketable securities.

 

Business Combinations

 

The application of the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions in the determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in order to properly allocate purchase price consideration between identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. The fair values of identifiable intangible assets are estimated using an income approach, including the excess earnings, relief from royalty and with-and-without methods. These estimations are conducted using market participant assumptions and require projected financial information, including assumptions about future revenue growth and costs necessary to facilitate the projected growth. Other key inputs include assumptions about technological obsolescence, customer attrition rates, brand recognition and discount rates. The Company also considers market participant assumptions in its valuations of deferred revenue acquired in a business combination, including estimated costs to fulfill the obligation as well as a profit markup that would exist in the case of a hypothetical third-party servicing firm.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

Lexmark performs an assessment of its goodwill for impairment each fiscal year as of December 31 or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that lead management to believe it is more likely than not that an impairment exists. Examples of such events or circumstances include a deterioration in general economic conditions, increased competitive environment, or a decline in overall financial performance of the Company. Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level, which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (a "component") if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by segment management. Components are aggregated as a single reporting unit if they have similar economic characteristics. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units of the Company that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the related acquisition.

 

Although the qualitative assessment for goodwill impairment testing is available to Lexmark, the Company performed a quantitative test of impairment in 2014 and 2013. In estimating the fair value of its reporting units, the Company generally considers a discounted cash flow analysis, which requires judgments such as projected future earnings and weighted average cost of capital, and market based measurements analysis, which include multiples developed from prices paid in observed market transactions of comparable companies. For its estimation of the fair value of the Perceptive Software reporting unit, the Company used an equally-weighted measure based on a discounted cash flow analysis and a market based measurement analysis. For its estimation of the fair value of the ISS reporting unit, the Company used a discounted cash flow analysis.

 

Goodwill recognized by the Company at December 31, 2014 was $605.8 million and was allocated to the Perceptive Software and ISS reporting units in the amount of $587.0 million and $18.8 million, respectively. The fair values of these reporting units were substantially in excess of their carrying values on this date. The values of Perceptive Software and ISS were heavily reliant on forecasted financial information. Key assumptions to the valuation of Perceptive Software include its ability to strengthen its channel presence and expand internationally and the revenue growth that would result therefrom.  Other key inputs to the fair value calculations include operating margin assumptions and discount rates.

 

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. In certain instances where consumption could be greater in the earlier years of the asset’s life, the Company has selected, as a compensating measure, a shorter period over which to amortize the asset. The Company’s intangible assets with finite lives are tested for impairment in accordance with its policy for long-lived assets below.

 

Long-Lived Assets Held and Used

 

Lexmark reviews for impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset (or asset group) may not be recoverable. If the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition are insufficient to recover the carrying value of the assets, then an impairment loss is

Table of Contents


recognized based upon the excess of the carrying value of the assets over the fair value of the assets. The determination of the asset group to be tested for recoverability is based on company-specific operating characteristics, including shared cost structures and interdependency of revenues between assets. An impairment review incorporates estimates of forecasted revenue and costs that may be associated with an asset as well as the expected periods that the asset (or asset group) may be utilized. Fair value is determined based on the highest and best use of the assets considered from the perspective of market participants, which may be different than the Company’s actual intended use of the asset (or asset group).

 

Lexmark also reviews any legal and contractual obligations associated with the retirement of its long-lived assets and records assets and liabilities, as necessary, related to such obligations. The asset recorded is amortized over the useful life of the related long-lived tangible asset. The liability recorded is relieved when the costs are incurred to retire the related long-lived tangible asset. Each obligation is estimated based on current law and technology; accordingly, such estimates could change as the Company periodically evaluates and revises such estimates based on expenditures against established reserves and the availability of additional information. The Company’s asset retirement obligations are currently not material to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Operating Results Summary

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.

 

The following table summarizes the results of the Company’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

(Dollars in millions)

Dollars

% of Rev

 

Dollars

% of Rev

 

Dollars

% of Rev

Revenue

$

3,710.5 

100 

%

 

$

3,667.6 

100 

%

 

$

3,797.6 

100 

%

Gross profit

 

1,409.8 

38 

%

 

 

1,443.9 

39 

%

 

 

1,401.8 

37 

%

Operating expense

 

1,260.6 

34 

%

 

 

1,034.7 

28 

%

 

 

1,210.3 

32 

%

Operating income

 

149.2 

4 

%

 

 

409.2 

11 

%

 

 

191.5 

5 

%

Net earnings

 

79.1 

2 

%

 

 

261.8 

7 

%

 

 

107.6 

3 

%

 

During 2014, consolidated revenue increased 1% compared to prior year. Gross profit decreased 2%, Operating expense increased 22% and Operating income decreased 64% when compared to the same period in 2013.

 

Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2014 declined 70% from the prior year primarily due to lower operating income. Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2014 included $119.1 million of pre-tax acquisition-related adjustments, a pension and other postretirement benefit plan asset and actuarial net loss of $80.5 million, $45.8 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and project costs and $1.7 million of pre-tax divestiture-related cost. The Company uses the term “project costs” for incremental charges related to the execution of its restructuring plans. The Company uses the term “acquisition-related adjustments” for purchase accounting adjustments and incremental acquisition and integration costs related to acquisitions.

 

During 2013, consolidated revenue declined 3% compared to 2012. Gross profit increased 3%, Operating expense decreased 15% and Operating income increased 114% when compared to the same period in 2012.

 

Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased 143% from the prior year primarily due to higher operating income. Operating income in 2013 included a pension and other postretirement benefit plan asset and actuarial net gain of $83.0 million, $69.2 million of pre-tax divestiture-related benefit, $90.4 million of pre-tax acquisition-related adjustments and $54.5 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and project costs.

 

Revenue

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, consolidated revenue increased 1% YTY, reflecting higher laser revenue in the ISS segment and increased Perceptive Software revenue, offset by an unfavorable impact of approximately 4% due to the Company’s exit of inkjet technology and an unfavorable YTY currency impact of 1%.

 

Table of Contents


Revenue by Reportable Segment

 

(Dollars in millions)

2014

2013

% Change

 

2013

2012

% Change

ISS

$

3,414.8 

$

3,444.0 

(1)

%

 

$

3,444.0 

$

3,641.6 

(5)

%

Perceptive Software

 

295.7 

 

223.6 

32 

%

 

 

223.6 

 

156.0 

43 

%

Total revenue

$

3,710.5 

$

3,667.6 

1 

%

 

$

3,667.6 

$

3,797.6 

(3)

%

 

Revenue by Product

 

(Dollars in millions)

2014

2013

% Change

 

2013

2012

% Change

Hardware (1)

$

782.1 

$

762.8 

3 

%

 

$

762.8 

$

826.5 

(8)

%

Supplies (2)

 

2,445.9 

 

2,484.4 

(2)

%

 

 

2,484.4 

 

2,640.1 

(6)

%

Software and Other (3)

 

482.5 

 

420.4 

15 

%

 

 

420.4 

 

331.0 

27 

%

Total revenue

$

3,710.5 

$

3,667.6 

1 

%

 

$

3,667.6 

$

3,797.6 

(3)

%

 

(1) Includes laser, inkjet, and dot matrix hardware and the associated features sold on a unit basis or through a managed service agreement

(2) Includes laser, inkjet, and dot matrix supplies and associated supplies services sold on a unit basis or through a managed service agreement

(3) Includes parts and service related to hardware maintenance and includes software licenses and the associated software maintenance services sold on a unit basis or as a subscription service

 

ISS

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, ISS revenue declined 1% compared to prior year, which reflected an unfavorable inkjet exit impact of approximately 4% and an unfavorable currency impact of 1% compared to the prior year. ISS hardware revenue increased 2% YTY and laser hardware revenue increased 2% YTY. Large workgroup laser hardware revenue, which represented about 84% of total hardware revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased 3% YTY with 7% increase in units partially offset by a 4% decline in average unit revenue (“AUR”). Unit growth, particularly for color units, reflected growth in the segment’s MPS business. The AUR decline reflected competitive pricing pressures early in the year as well as unfavorable currency impacts, particularly in the fourth quarter. Small workgroup laser hardware revenue, which for the year ended December 31, 2014 represented 16% of total hardware revenue, declined 1% YTY driven by an 8% decline in AUR mostly offset by a 7% increase in units. The decline in AUR was driven by competitive pricing pressures and a higher relative proportion of revenue for mono devices, as well as unfavorable currency impacts, particularly in the fourth quarter. There was no inkjet exit hardware revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Supplies revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 was down 2% compared to the same period in 2013. Laser supplies revenue increased 5% YTY primarily due to strong end-user demand, attributed to growth in the segment’s MPS business and the large workgroup installed base. Inkjet exit supplies revenue declined 36% YTY due to ongoing and expected declines in the inkjet install base as the Company has exited inkjet technology.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, ISS revenue decreased 5% compared to prior year, which reflected an unfavorable inkjet exit impact of approximately 6%. Currency had a negligible impact on ISS revenue when compared to the prior year. Hardware revenue declined 8% YTY and laser hardware revenue declined 2% YTY. Large workgroup laser hardware revenue, which represented about 83% of total hardware revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 remained flat YTY with a 3% decline in AUR offset by a 3% increase in units. Small workgroup laser hardware revenue, which for the year ended December 31, 2013 represented 17% of total hardware revenue, declined 11% YTY driven by a 15% decline in units. Small workgroup AUR increased 4% YTY. Inkjet exit hardware revenue, which for the year ended December 31, 2013 represented less than 1% of total hardware revenue, declined 92% YTY as the Company has exited inkjet technology.

 

Supplies revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 was down 6% compared to the same period in 2012. Laser supplies revenue increased 2% YTY. Inkjet exit supplies revenue declined 32% YTY due to ongoing and expected declines in the inkjet install base as the Company has exited inkjet technology. 

 

During 2014, 2013 and 2012, no one customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues.

 

Perceptive Software

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, software and other increased 15% YTY, driven by the 32% YTY growth in Perceptive Software revenue. Excluding the impact of acquisition-related adjustments, revenue for Perceptive Software for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased 31% compared to the same period in 2013. The YTY increases are due to the acquisition of ReadSoft in 2014 as well as the full-year benefit of the acquisitions of Saperion and PACSGEAR in the third and fourth quarters of 2013, respectively, partially offset by organic decline of 3%. This decline was driven by lower YTY perpetual license revenue, particularly in the U.S., attributed to timing for closing of customer contracts as well as selection of a subscription model by certain customers

Table of Contents


during the year, consistent with an overall shift in market trends. The 2014 and 2013 financial results for the Perceptive Software reportable segment include only the activity occurring after the dates of acquisition.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, software and other increased 27% YTY, driven by the 43% YTY growth in Perceptive Software. Excluding the impact of acquisition-related adjustments, revenue for Perceptive Software for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased 48% compared to the same period in 2012. The YTY increases are due to the acquisitions of Acuo in December 2012, Twistage and AccessVia in March of 2013, Saperion in September of 2013, and Pacsgear in October of 2013, as well as organic growth of 16% in Perceptive Software. The 2013 and 2012 financial results for the Perceptive Software reportable segment include only the activity occurring after the dates of acquisition.

 

Reductions in revenue result from business combination accounting rules when deferred revenue balances assumed as part of acquisitions are adjusted down to fair value. Fair value approximates the cost of fulfilling the service obligation, plus a reasonable profit margin. Subsequent to acquisitions, the Company analyzes the amount of amortized revenue that would have been recognized had the acquired company remained independent and had the deferred revenue balances not been adjusted to fair value.

 

See “Acquisition-related Adjustments” section that follows for further discussion.

 

Revenue by Geography

 

The following table provides a breakdown of the Company’s revenue by geography:

 

(Dollars in millions)

2014

% of Total

 

2013

% of Total

% Change

 

2013

2012

% of Total

% Change

United States

$

1,607.2 

43 

%

 

$

1,576.8 

43 

%

2 

%

 

$

1,576.8 

$

1,695.5 

45 

%

(7)

%

EMEA (Europe, the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Middle East &

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Africa)

 

1,368.8 

37 

%

 

 

1,353.5 

37 

%

1 

%

 

 

1,353.5 

 

1,320.3 

35 

%

3 

%

Other International

 

734.5 

20 

%

 

 

737.3 

20 

%

 

%

 

 

737.3 

 

781.8 

20 

%

(6)

%

Total revenue

$

3,710.5 

100 

%

 

$

3,667.6 

100 

%

1 

%

 

$

3,667.6 

$

3,797.6 

100 

%

(3)

%

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, revenues in the United States increased compared to the same period in 2013 primarily due to higher laser supplies, laser hardware and Perceptive Software revenue, partially offset by unfavorable inkjet exit impact. Revenues in EMEA increased compared to the same period in 2013 primarily due to increased laser supplies revenue and growth in Perceptive Software in the region attributed to the acquisitions of ReadSoft and Saperion, partially offset by unfavorable inkjet exit impact and unfavorable currency impacts, particularly in the fourth quarter. Revenues in other international regions were relatively unchanged YTY, reflecting increased laser supplies revenue in Asia and Latin America, offset by unfavorable inkjet exit impact. For the year ended December 31, 2014, laser supplies revenue increased in all geographies compared with the same period in the prior year. For 2014, currency exchange rates had a 1% unfavorable YTY impact on revenue.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the decline in revenues compared to the same period in 2012 for all regions reflects the impact of the Company’s planned exit from inkjet technologies partially offset by revenue growth, principally in EMEA. For 2013, currency exchange rates had a negligible YTY impact on revenue.

 

Gross Profit

 

The following table provides gross profit information:

 

(Dollars in millions)

2014

2013

% Change

 

2013

2012

% Change

Gross profit dollars

$

1,409.8 

 

$

1,443.9 

 

(2)

%

 

$

1,443.9 

 

$

1,401.8 

 

3 

%

% of revenue

 

38 

%

 

39 

%

(1)

pts

 

 

39 

%

 

37 

%

2 

pts

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, consolidated gross profit decreased 2% while gross profit as a percentage of revenue decreased 1 percentage point compared to the same period in 2013. Gross profit margin versus the same period in 2013 was impacted by a 1 percentage point decrease primarily due to a net pension and other post-retirement benefit plan net loss compared with a gain in the prior year and higher YTY acquisition-related adjustments. Product margins declined slightly, as improved hardware product margins were more than offset by the impact of unfavorable currency movements. The slightly unfavorable product mix impact was due to the benefit from lower relative levels of inkjet hardware and relatively more laser supplies revenue being more than offset by the unfavorable impact of relatively less inkjet supplies revenue. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2014 included $62.3 million of pre-tax acquisition-related adjustments, a pension and other postretirement benefit plan net loss of $18.9 million and $9.3 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and project costs.

 

Table of Contents


For the year ended December 31, 2013, consolidated gross profit increased 3% while gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased 2 percentage points compared to the same period in 2012. Gross profit margin versus the same period in 2012 was impacted by a 3 percentage point YTY increase due to a favorable mix shift reflecting relatively less inkjet hardware and more software and laser supplies. Gross profit margin was also impacted by a 1 percentage point increase due to lower YTY costs of restructuring activities, acquisition-related adjustments, and a net pension and other post-retirement benefit plan net gain compared with a loss in the prior year. This was partially offset by a 1 percentage point decrease YTY due to negative product margins. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 included $52.4 million of pre-tax acquisition-related adjustments, $21.5 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and project costs and a pension and other postretirement benefit plan net gain of $17.4 million.

 

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2012 included $47.8 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and project costs, $32.7 million of pre-tax acquisition-related adjustments and a pension and other postretirement benefit plan net loss of $4.3 million.

 

See “Restructuring Charges and Project Costs” and “Acquisition-related Adjustments” sections that follow for further discussion.

 

Operating Expense

 

The following table presents information regarding the Company’s operating expenses during the periods indicated:

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

(Dollars in millions)

Dollars

% of Rev

 

Dollars

% of Rev

 

Dollars

% of Rev

Research and development

$

354.5 

10 

%

 

$

287.2 

8 

%

 

$

369.1 

10 

%

Selling, general and administrative

 

888.2 

24 

%

 

 

810.1 

22 

%

 

 

805.1 

21 

%

Gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets

 

 

 

%

 

 

(73.5)

(2)

%

 

 

 

 

%

Restructuring and related charges (reversals)

 

17.9 

 

%

 

 

10.9 

 

%

 

 

36.1 

1 

%

Total operating expense

$

1,260.6 

34 

%

 

$

1,034.7 

28 

%

 

$

1,210.3 

32 

%

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, total operating expense increased 22% compared to the same period in 2013, primarily due to the Gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets recognized in the 2013 period, a pension and other postretirement benefit plan net loss in 2014 compared with a net gain in 2013 and higher acquisition-related adjustments.

 

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased compared with the same period in 2013 primarily due to a pension and other postretirement benefit plan net loss compared with a net gain in 2013. Research and development expenses for the 2014 period also reflected increased investment in Perceptive Software both organically and due to the Company’s acquisitions, particularly ReadSoft in the third quarter of 2014. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased compared with the same period in 2013 primarily due to a pension and other postretirement benefit plan net loss compared with a net gain in 2013, higher acquisition and divestiture-related adjustments and investment in Perceptive Software, partially offset by expense reductions in All other due to the Company’s 2012 restructuring actions and overall expense management.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, total operating expense decreased 15% compared to the same period in 2012. The decrease was primarily due to the net benefit of the sale of inkjet technology and related development resources as well as lower pre-tax restructuring and related charges and related project costs and favorable impact of the pension and other postretirement benefit plan net gain in 2013.

 

Research and development expenses decreased in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to the exit of inkjet technology and development in 2012. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased due to employee variable compensation expenses and the impact of acquisitions completed in Perceptive Software, partially offset by expense reductions from the restructuring announced in August 2012. Both research and development and selling, general and administrative expenses in 2013 reflected the pension and other postretirement benefit plan net gain compared with a net loss in 2012.

 

Table of Contents


The following table summarizes the restructuring and related charges and project costs, acquisition-related adjustments and the impact of the pension and other postretirement benefit plan net (gains) losses included in the Company’s operating expenses for the periods presented in the table above:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension and other

 

Restructuring charges

 

Acquisition and divestiture-

 

postretirement benefit

 

and project costs

 

related adjustments

 

plan net (gain) loss

(Dollars in millions)

2014

2013

2012

 

2014

2013

2012

 

2014

2013

2012

Research and development

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

0.8 

$

0.7 

$

0.9 

 

$

21.0 

$

(36.0)

$

7.4 

Selling, general and administrative

 

18.6 

 

22.1 

 

37.9 

 

 

57.7 

 

41.6 

 

32.2 

 

 

40.6 

 

(29.6)

 

10.1 

Restructuring and related charges

 

17.9 

 

10.9 

 

36.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(73.5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

$

36.5 

$

33.0 

$

74.0 

 

$

58.5 

$

(31.2)

$

33.1 

 

$

61.6 

$

(65.6)

$

17.5 

 

See “Restructuring Charges and Project Costs” and “Acquisition-related Adjustments” sections that follow for further discussion of the Company’s restructuring plans and acquisitions.

 

Operating Income (Loss)

 

The following table provides operating income by reportable segment:

 

(Dollars in millions)

2014

2013

Change

 

2013

2012

Change

ISS

$

645.4 

 

$

770.3 

 

(16)

%

 

$

770.3 

 

$

601.0 

 

28 

%

% of segment revenue

 

19 

%

 

22 

%

(3)

pts

 

 

22 

%

 

17 

%

5 

pts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perceptive Software

 

(88.5)

 

 

(79.5)

 

(11)

%

 

 

(79.5)

 

 

(72.1)

 

(10)

%

% of segment revenue

 

(30)

%

 

(36)

%

6 

pts

 

 

(36)

%

 

(46)

%

10 

pts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All other

 

(407.7)

 

 

(281.6)

 

(45)

%

 

 

(281.6)

 

 

(337.4)

 

17 

%

Total operating income (loss)

$

149.2 

 

$

409.2 

 

(64)

%

 

$

409.2 

 

$

191.5 

 

114 

%

% of total revenue

 

4 

%

 

11 

%

(7)

pts

 

 

11 

%

 

5 

%

6 

pts

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the decrease in consolidated operating income compared to the same period in 2013, was primarily due to lower operating income in the ISS segment and an increase in operating loss in All other. The lower ISS operating income for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily due to the gain on sale of inkjet-related assets and technology recognized in the 2013 period, included in acquisition and divestiture-related adjustments below. Additionally, the decline in inkjet exit supplies revenue was partially offset by increased laser supplies and hardware revenue and a reduction in operating expenses due to the Company’s previously announced restructuring and ongoing expense actions. The higher operating losses in Perceptive Software were driven by higher acquisition-related adjustments and restructuring charges and project costs. The higher operating losses in All other reflected the impact of the pension and other postretirement benefit plan net loss in 2014, compared with a net gain in 2013, partially offset by lower acquisition and divestiture-related adjustments and expense reductions due to the Company’s 2012 restructuring actions and overall expense management.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the increase in consolidated operating income compared to the same period in 2012, reflected higher operating income in the ISS segment and a decrease in operating loss in All other. The higher ISS operating income is driven by improved laser profitability, principally reflecting lower operating expenses, combined with lower restructuring costs and the net benefit from the gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets and other divestiture costs, partially offset by reductions in income from the inkjet exit. The decrease in operating loss in All other reflected the impact of the pension and other postretirement benefit plan net gain in 2013, compared with a net loss in 2012.

 

The following table provides restructuring and related charges and project costs, acquisition and divestiture-related adjustments and the impact of the pension and other postretirement benefit plan net (gains) losses included in the Company’s operating income for the periods presented. The net gain of $73.5 million on the sale of inkjet-related assets and technology for the year ended December 31, 2013 is reflected below as a gain of $103.1 million recognized in ISS, offset by a loss of $29.6 million recognized in All other.

 

Table of Contents


 

 

 

 

 

Pension and other

 

Restructuring charges and

 

Acquisition and divestiture-

 

postretirement benefit plan

 

project costs

 

related adjustments

 

net (gain) loss

(Dollars in millions)

2014

2013

2012

 

2014

2013

2012

 

2014

2013

2012

ISS

$

15.9 

$

29.7 

$

92.6 

 

$

2.2 

$

(98.7)

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Perceptive Software

 

11.3 

 

4.8 

 

0.7 

 

 

91.7 

 

72.8 

 

46.9 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All other

 

18.6 

 

20.0 

 

28.5 

 

 

26.9 

 

47.1 

 

18.9 

 

 

80.5 

 

(83.0)

 

21.8 

Total

$

45.8 

$

54.5 

$

121.8 

 

$

120.8 

$

21.2 

$

65.8 

 

$

80.5 

$

(83.0)

$

21.8 

 

See “Restructuring Charges and Project Costs” and “Acquisition-related Adjustments” sections that follow for further discussion.

 

Interest and Other

 

The following table provides interest and other information:

 

(Dollars in millions)

2014

2013

2012

Interest expense, net

$

31.6 

$

33.0 

$

29.6 

Other expense (income), net

 

4.2 

 

4.5 

 

(0.5)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

3.3 

 

 

Total interest and other expense (income), net

$

35.8 

$

40.8 

$

29.1 

 

During 2014, total interest and other expense (income) net, decreased 12% compared to the same period in 2013, primarily due to the loss on extinguishment of debt included in the 2013 period and lower net interest expense. The loss of $3.3 million on extinguishment of debt in 2013 is comprised of $3.2 million of premium paid upon repayment of the Company’s 2013 senior notes and $0.1 million related to the write-off of related debt issuance costs. During 2013, total interest and other (income) expense, net, increased 40% compared to the same period in 2012.

 

Provision for Income Taxes and Related Matters

 

The Company’s effective income tax rate was approximately 30.2%, 28.9% and 33.8% in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of the Company’s effective tax rate to the U.S. statutory rate.

 

The 1.3 percentage point increase of the effective tax rate from 2013 to 2014 was primarily due to the following factors: an increase due to a geographic shift in earnings away from lower tax jurisdictions in 2014; an increase due to the 2012 research and development credit being recorded in 2013; a decrease due to various adjustments to previously accrued taxes; and an increase due to an adjustment for the realizability of a deferred tax asset in 2014.

 

The 4.9 percentage point decrease of the effective tax rate from 2012 to 2013 was due primarily to a geographic shift in earnings toward lower tax jurisdictions in 2013, and to the reenactment of the U.S. research and experimentation tax credit in 2013 for the 2012 tax year.

 

In January of 2013, the President signed into law The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which contained provisions that retroactively extended the U.S. research and experimentation tax credit to January 1, 2012. Because the extension did not happen by December 31, 2012, the Company’s effective income tax rate for 2012 did not include the benefit of the credit for that year. However, because the credit was retroactively extended to include 2012, the Company recognized the full benefit of the 2012 credit in the first quarter of 2013.

 

Net Earnings and Earnings per Share

 

The following table summarizes net earnings and basic and diluted net earnings per share:

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

2014

2013

2012

Net earnings

$

79.1 

$

261.8 

$

107.6 

Basic earnings per share

$

1.28 

$

4.16 

$

1.57 

Diluted earnings per share

$

1.25 

$

4.08 

$

1.55 

 

Table of Contents


Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2014 declined 70% from the prior year primarily due to lower operating income and a higher effective tax rate. For 2014, the YTY decrease in basic and diluted earnings per share was primarily due to lower net earnings, partially offset by a reduction in weighted-average shares outstanding, due to the Company’s share repurchases.

 

Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased 143% from the prior year primarily due to higher operating income and a lower effective tax rate. For 2013, the YTY increase in basic and diluted earnings per share was primarily due to higher net earnings and a reduction in weighted-average shares outstanding, due to the Company’s share repurchases.

 

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND PROJECT COSTS

 

Summary of Restructuring Impacts

 

The Company’s 2014 financial results are impacted by its restructuring plans and related projects. Project costs consist of additional charges related to the execution of the restructuring plans. These project costs are incremental to the Company’s normal operating charges and are expensed as incurred, and include such items as compensation costs for overlap staffing, travel expenses, consulting costs and training costs.

 

As part of Lexmark’s ongoing strategy to increase the focus of its talent and resources on higher usage business platforms, the Company announced restructuring actions on January 31 and August 28, 2012 (the “2012 Restructuring Actions”). These actions better align the Company’s sales, marketing and development resources, and align and reduce its support structure consistent with its focus on business customers. The 2012 Restructuring Actions include exiting the development and manufacturing of the Company’s inkjet technology, with reductions primarily in the areas of inkjet-related manufacturing, research and development, supply chain, marketing and sales as well as other support functions. The Company will continue to provide service, support and aftermarket supplies for its inkjet installed base. As previously reported, in the second quarter of 2013, the Company sold inkjet-related technology and assets. Refer to Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

 

The 2012 Restructuring Actions are expected to impact about 2,063 positions worldwide, including 300 manufacturing positions. The 2012 Restructuring Actions will result in total pre-tax charges, including project costs, of approximately $242 million with $223.2 million incurred to date and the remaining $18.8 million to be incurred in 2015. The Company expects the total cash costs of the 2012 Restructuring Actions to be approximately $159 million with $140.7 million incurred to date and the remaining $18.3 million impacting 2015. The anticipated timing of cash outlays for the 2012 Restructuring Actions is $32.8 million in 2015, with cash outlays of approximately $35.3 million in 2014, $49.7 million in 2013, $38.0 million in 2012 and $3.2 million in 2011.

 

Lexmark expects the 2012 Restructuring Actions to generate ongoing annual savings of approximately $178 million, of which approximately $155 million will be cash savings. These ongoing savings should be split approximately 70% to Operating expense and 30% to Cost of revenue. The Company expects these actions to be complete by the end of 2015.

 

Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Company’s Other Restructuring Actions. In 2013 and 2014, charges were incurred for actions that were not a part of an announced plan. The Other Restructuring Actions are substantially completed and any remaining charges to be incurred are expected to be immaterial.

 

Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a rollforward of the liability incurred for the 2012 Restructuring Actions and the Other Restructuring Actions.

 

Table of Contents


Impact to 2014 Financial Results

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company incurred charges (reversals), including project costs, for the Company’s restructuring plans as follows:

 

 

2012

 

2012

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Actions

 

Actions

 

 

 

Actions

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

Restructuring

 

2012

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

Charges

 

Project

 

Actions

 

Charges

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Note 5)

 

Costs

 

Total

 

(Note 5)

 

Total

Accelerated depreciation charges

$

4.0 

 

$

 

 

$

4.0 

 

$

 

 

$

4.0 

Excess components and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

inventory-related charges

 

7.6 

 

 

 

 

 

7.6 

 

 

 

 

 

7.6 

Employee termination benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

charges

 

13.1 

 

 

 

 

 

13.1 

 

 

1.1 

 

 

14.2 

Contract termination and lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

charges

 

2.9 

 

 

 

 

 

2.9 

 

 

0.8 

 

 

3.7 

Project costs

 

 

 

 

16.3 

 

 

16.3 

 

 

 

 

 

16.3 

Total restructuring charges and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

project costs

$

27.6 

 

$

16.3 

 

$

43.9 

 

$

1.9 

 

$

45.8 

 

Restructuring charges and project costs for the 2012 Restructuring Actions and Other Restructuring Actions are recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2014 as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling,

 

Restructuring

 

Impact on

 

Restructuring-

 

Impact on

 

general and

 

and related

 

Operating

(Dollars in millions)

related costs

 

Gross profit

 

administrative

 

charges

 

income

Accelerated depreciation charges

$

1.7 

 

$

1.7 

 

$

2.3 

 

$

 

 

$

4.0 

Excess components and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

inventory-related charges

 

7.6 

 

 

7.6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.6 

Employee termination benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.2 

 

 

14.2 

Contract termination and lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.7 

 

 

3.7 

Project costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.3 

 

 

 

 

 

16.3 

Total restructuring charges and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

project costs

$

9.3 

 

$

9.3 

 

$

18.6 

 

$

17.9 

 

$

45.8 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, restructuring charges and project costs were incurred in the Company’s segments as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

2012 Actions

 

Other Actions

 

Total

ISS

$

15.0 

 

$

0.9 

 

$

15.9 

All other

 

18.0 

 

 

0.6 

 

 

18.6 

Perceptive Software

 

10.9 

 

 

0.4 

 

 

11.3 

Total restructuring charges and project costs

$

43.9 

 

$

1.9 

 

$

45.8 

 

Table of Contents


Impact to 2013 Financial Results

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company incurred charges (reversals), including project costs, for the Company’s restructuring plans as follows:

 

 

2012

 

2012

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Actions

 

Actions

 

 

 

Actions

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

Restructuring

 

2012

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

Charges

 

Project

 

Actions

 

Charges

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Note 5)

 

Costs

 

Total

 

(Note 5)

 

Total

Accelerated depreciation charges

$

11.1 

 

$

 

 

$

11.1 

 

$

 

 

$

11.1 

Excess components and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

inventory-related charges

 

15.8 

 

 

 

 

 

15.8 

 

 

 

 

 

15.8 

Employee termination benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

charges

 

9.2 

 

 

 

 

 

9.2 

 

 

1.9 

 

 

11.1 

Contract termination and lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

charges

 

(0.2)

 

 

 

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

 

 

 

(0.2)

Project costs

 

 

 

 

16.7 

 

 

16.7 

 

 

 

 

 

16.7 

Total restructuring charges and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

project costs

$

35.9 

 

$

16.7 

 

$

52.6 

 

$

1.9 

 

$

54.5 

 

Restructuring charges and project costs for the 2012 Restructuring Actions and Other Restructuring Actions are recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2013 as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling,

 

Restructuring

 

Impact on

 

Restructuring-

 

Impact on

 

general and

 

and related

 

Operating

(Dollars in millions)

related costs

 

Gross profit

 

administrative

 

charges

 

income

Accelerated depreciation charges

$

5.6 

 

$

5.6 

 

$

5.5 

 

$

 

 

$

11.1 

Excess components and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

inventory-related charges

 

15.8 

 

 

15.8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.8 

Employee termination benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.1 

 

 

11.1 

Contract termination and lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

(0.2)

Project costs

 

0.1 

 

 

0.1 

 

 

16.6 

 

 

 

 

 

16.7 

Total restructuring charges and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

project costs

$

21.5 

 

$

21.5 

 

$

22.1 

 

$

10.9 

 

$

54.5 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, restructuring charges and project costs were incurred in the Company’s segments as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

2012 Actions

 

Other Actions

 

Total

ISS

$

29.7 

 

$

 

 

$

29.7 

All other

 

19.9 

 

 

0.1 

 

 

20.0 

Perceptive Software

 

3.0 

 

 

1.8 

 

 

4.8 

Total restructuring charges and project costs

$

52.6 

 

$

1.9 

 

$

54.5 

 

Table of Contents


Impact to 2012 Financial Results

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company incurred charges (reversals), including project costs, for the Company’s restructuring plans as follows:

 

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

Actions

 

2012

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actions

 

Restructuring

 

Actions

 

 

 

Actions

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

Pension

 

Restructuring

 

2012

 

Restructuring

 

Actions

 

Other

 

 

 

Charges

 

Costs

 

Project

 

Actions

 

Charges

 

Restructuring

 

Actions

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Note 5)

 

(Note 17)

 

Costs

 

Total

 

(Note 5)

 

Project Costs

 

Total

 

Total

Accelerated depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

charges

$

49.3 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

49.3 

 

$

0.1 

 

$

 

 

$

0.1 

 

$

49.4 

Excess components and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

inventory-related charges

 

17.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.7 

Impairments on long-lived

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets held for sale

 

0.6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.6 

 

 

1.5 

 

 

 

 

 

1.5 

 

 

2.1 

Employee termination benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

charges

 

31.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1 

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

 

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

31.0 

Contract termination and lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

charges

 

4.2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2 

 

 

0.9 

 

 

 

 

 

0.9 

 

 

5.1 

Pension and postretirement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

curtailment loss and termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

benefits

 

 

 

 

7.9 

 

 

 

 

 

7.9 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.9 

Project costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.3 

 

 

8.3 

 

 

 

 

 

0.3 

 

 

0.3 

 

 

8.6 

Total restructuring charges and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

project costs

$

102.9 

 

$

7.9 

 

$

8.3 

 

$

119.1 

 

$

2.4 

 

$

0.3 

 

$

2.7 

 

$

121.8 

 

Restructuring charges and project costs for the 2012 Restructuring Actions and Other Restructuring Actions are recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2012 as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling,

 

Restructuring

 

Impact on

 

Restructuring-

 

Impact on

 

general and

 

and related

 

Operating

(Dollars in millions)

related costs

 

Gross profit

 

administrative

 

charges

 

income

Accelerated depreciation charges

$

29.5 

 

$

29.5 

 

$

19.9 

 

$

 

 

$

49.4 

Excess components and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

inventory-related charges

 

17.7 

 

 

17.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.7 

Impairments on long-lived assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

held for sale

 

0.6 

 

 

0.6 

 

 

1.5 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1 

Employee termination benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.0 

 

 

31.0 

Contract termination and lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.1 

 

 

5.1 

Pension and postretirement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

curtailment loss and termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.9 

 

 

 

 

 

7.9 

Project costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.6 

 

 

 

 

 

8.6 

Total restructuring charges and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

project costs

$

47.8 

 

$

47.8 

 

$

37.9 

 

$

36.1 

 

$

121.8 

 

Table of Contents


For the year ended December 31, 2012, restructuring charges and project costs were incurred in the Company’s segments as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

2012 Actions

 

Other Actions

 

Total

ISS

$

91.8 

 

$

0.8 

 

$

92.6 

All other

 

26.6 

 

 

1.9 

 

 

28.5 

Perceptive Software

 

0.7 

 

 

 

 

 

0.7 

Total restructuring charges and project costs

$

119.1 

 

$

2.7 

 

$

121.8 

 

ACQUISITION AND DIVESTITURE-RELATED ADJUSTMENTS

 

Pre-tax acquisition and divestiture-related adjustments affected the Company’s financial results as follows:

 

(Dollars in Millions)

2014

2013

2012

Reduction in revenue

$

17.1 

$

15.9 

$

5.5 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

73.4 

 

56.9 

 

41.4 

Acquisition and integration costs

 

28.6 

 

17.6 

 

18.9 

Total acquisition-related adjustments

$

119.1 

$

90.4 

$

65.8 

Gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets

 

 

 

(73.5)

 

 

Divestiture costs

 

1.7 

 

4.3 

 

 

Total divestiture-related adjustments

 

1.7 

 

(69.2)

 

 

Total acquisition and divestiture-related adjustments

$

120.8 

$

21.2 

$

65.8 

 

Reductions in revenue and amortization of intangible assets were recognized primarily in the Perceptive Software reportable segment. Acquisition and integration costs were recognized primarily in All other. The net Gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets of $73.5 million was composed of a gain of $103.1 million recognized in the ISS reportable segment offset by a loss of $29.6 million recognized in All other. Divestiture costs were recognized primarily in ISS.

 

Acquisitions

 

In connection with acquisitions, Lexmark incurs costs and adjustments (referred to as “acquisition-related adjustments”) that affect the Company’s financial results. These acquisition-related adjustments result from business combination accounting rules as well as expenses that would otherwise have not been incurred by the Company if acquisitions had not taken place.

 

Reductions in revenue result from business combination accounting rules when deferred revenue balances assumed as part of acquisitions are adjusted down to fair value. Fair value approximates the cost of fulfilling the service obligation, plus a reasonable profit margin. Subsequent to acquisitions, the Company analyzes the amount of amortized revenue that would have been recognized had the acquired company remained independent and had the deferred revenue balances not been adjusted to fair value. The $17.1 million, $15.9 million and $5.5 million downward adjustments to revenue for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are reflected in Revenue presented on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The Company expects future pre-tax reductions in revenue of approximately $13 million for 2015.

 

Due to business combination accounting rules, intangible assets are recognized as a result of acquisitions which were not previously presented on the balance sheet of the acquired company. These intangible assets consist primarily of purchased technology, customer relationships, trade names, in-process research and development and non-compete agreements. Subsequent to the acquisition date, some of these intangible assets begin amortizing and represent an expense that would not have been recorded had the acquired company remained independent. The Company incurred the following on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the amortization of intangible assets.

 

Amortization of intangible assets:

 

(Dollars in Millions)

2014

2013

2012

Recorded in Cost of product revenue

$

45.2 

$

36.5 

$

27.2 

Recorded in Research and development

 

0.8 

 

0.7 

 

0.9 

Recorded in Selling, general and administrative

 

27.4 

 

19.7 

 

13.3 

Total amortization of intangible assets

$

73.4 

$

56.9 

$

41.4 

 

For 2015, the Company expects pre-tax charges for the amortization of intangible assets to be approximately $71 million.

Table of Contents


 

In connection with its acquisitions, the Company incurs acquisition and integration expenses that would not have been incurred otherwise. The acquisition costs include items such as investment banking fees, legal and accounting fees, and costs of retention bonus programs for the senior management of the acquired company. Integration costs may consist of information technology expenses including certain costs for software and systems to be implemented in acquired companies, consulting costs and travel expenses. Integration costs may also include non-cash charges related to the abandonment of assets under construction by the Company that are determined to be duplicative of assets of the acquired company and non-cash charges related to certain assets which are abandoned as systems are integrated across the combined entity. The costs are expensed as incurred, and can vary substantially in size from one period to the next.

 

During 2014, 2013 and 2012 the Company incurred $28.6 million, $17.6 million and $18.9 million, respectively, in Selling, general and administrative on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings for acquisition and integration costs. The Company expects pre-tax adjustments for acquisition and integration expenses of approximately $31 million for 2015.

 

Divestiture Activity

 

Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the gain recognized upon sale of inkjet-related technology and assets.

 

In connection with the sale of the Company’s inkjet-related technology and assets, the Company incurred expenses that would not have been incurred otherwise. Divestiture-related costs consist of employee travel expenses and compensation, consulting costs, training costs and transition services including non-cash charges related to assets used in providing the transition services. These costs are incremental to normal operating charges and are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred $1.7 million and $4.3 million in Selling, general and administrative on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings in 2014 and 2013, respectively, for divestiture-related costs. The Company expects future divestiture-related expenses to be immaterial.

 

PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT PLANS

 

The following table provides the total pre-tax benefit expense (income) related to Lexmark’s pension and other postretirement plans for the years 2014, 2013, and 2012.

 

(Dollars in Millions)

2014

2013

2012

Total expense (income) of pension and other postretirement plans

$

105.2 

$

(59.6)

$

52.7 

Comprised of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit pension plans

$

77.8 

$

(86.5)

$

25.6 

Defined contribution plans

 

28.8 

 

28.3 

 

26.0 

Other postretirement plans

 

(1.4)

 

(1.4)

 

1.1 

 

Defined benefit pension expense increased $164.3 million in 2014. Defined benefit pension expense amounts in 2014 included an asset and actuarial net loss of $82.9 million, compared with a net gain of $80.6 million in 2013. Postretirement expense in 2014 and 2013 included actuarial gains of $2.4 million for both years.

 

Defined benefit pension expense decreased $112.1 million in 2013.  Defined benefit pension expense amounts in 2013 included an asset and actuarial net gain of $80.6 million, compared with a net loss of $23.4 million in 2012. The $2.5 million decrease in postretirement expense in 2013 was primarily due to an actuarial gain of $2.4 million in 2013, compared with a gain of $1.6 million in 2012.  Postretirement expense also included a net curtailment loss of $0.7 million in 2012.

 

The defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plan asset and actuarial net gains and losses discussed above are driven by changes in discount rates, actuarial assumptions such as mortality rates, and assumptions about asset returns. See “CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES” in Item 7 for components of the Company’s 2014 asset and actuarial net loss for its defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans.

 

Future effects of retirement-related benefits on the operating results of the Company depend on economic conditions, employee demographics, mortality rates and investment performance. See “CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES” in Item 7 for a sensitivity analysis for long-term assumptions for the Company’s U.S. pension plans. 

 

The funding requirement for single-employer defined benefit pension plans under the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“the Act”) are largely based on a plan’s calculated funded status, with accelerated payments for any funding shortfalls. The Act directs the U.S. Treasury Department to develop a new yield curve to discount pension obligations for determining the funded status of a plan when calculating the funding requirements.

Table of Contents


 

Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information relating to the Company’s pension and other postretirement plans.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Financial Position

 

Lexmark’s financial position remains strong at December 31, 2014, with working capital of $623.0 million compared to $823.4 million at December 31, 2013. The $200.4 million decrease in working capital accounts is mainly driven by net cash used to acquire ReadSoft totaling $234.2. The Company also repurchased shares in the amount of $80.0 million and made cash dividend payments of $85.3 million during 2014. These uses were offset by strong cash operating cash flows. Cash cycle performance experienced an improvement of 10 days over the prior year.

 

At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had senior note debt of $699.7 million and $699.6 million, respectively. The Company had no amounts outstanding under its U.S. trade receivables financing program or its revolving credit facility at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 

The debt to total capital ratio was stable at 36% at December 31, 2014 and 34% at December 31, 2013. The debt to total capital ratio is calculated by dividing the Company’s outstanding debt by the sum of its outstanding debt and total stockholders’ equity.

 

Liquidity

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years indicated:

 

(Dollars in millions)

2014

2013

2012

Net cash flow provided by (used for):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

$

423.0 

$

480.0 

$

421.3 

Investing activities

 

(56.0)

 

(309.4)

 

(302.5)

Financing activities

 

(323.7)

 

(107.7)

 

(263.4)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

(7.2)

 

(2.1)

 

0.9 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

$

36.1 

$

60.8 

$

(143.7)

 

The Company’s primary source of liquidity has been cash generated by operations, which totaled $423.0 million, $480.0 million, and $421.3 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Cash from operations generally has been sufficient to allow the Company to fund its working capital needs and finance its capital expenditures and acquisitions. Management believes that cash provided by operations will continue to be sufficient on a worldwide basis to meet operating and capital needs as well as the funding of expected dividends and share repurchases for the next twelve months. However, in the event that cash from operations is not sufficient, the Company has substantial cash and cash equivalents and current marketable securities balances and other potential sources of liquidity through utilization of its trade receivables financing program and revolving credit facility or access to the private and public debt markets. The Company may choose to use these sources of liquidity from time to time, including during 2015, to fund strategic acquisitions, dividends, and/or share repurchases.

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company held $933.9 million in Cash and cash equivalents and current Marketable securities. The Company’s ability to fund operations from this balance could be limited by the liquidity in the market as well as possible tax implications of moving proceeds across jurisdictions. Of this amount, approximately $875.5 million of Cash and cash equivalents and current Marketable securities were held by foreign subsidiaries. The Company utilizes a variety of financing strategies with the objective of having its worldwide cash available in the locations where it is needed. However, if amounts held by foreign subsidiaries were needed to fund operations in the U.S., the Company could be required to accrue and pay taxes to repatriate a large portion of these funds. The Company’s intent is to permanently reinvest undistributed earnings of low tax rate foreign subsidiaries and current plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate them to fund operations in the U.S.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company held $1,054.7 million in Cash and cash equivalents and current Marketable securities. Of this amount, approximately $1,014.5 million of Cash and cash equivalents and current Marketable securities were held by foreign subsidiaries.

 

A discussion of the Company’s additional sources of liquidity is included in the Financing activities section to follow.

 

Table of Contents


Operating activities

 

The Company continues to generate significant annual cash flow from operations. Earnings and cash flow from operations in 2014 were $79.1 million and $423.0 million, respectively.

 

The $57.0 million decrease in cash flow from operating activities from 2013 to 2014 was driven by the following factors.

 

The decrease in Net earnings of $182.7 million from 2013 was affected by the non-cash YTY impact of Pension and other postretirement expense (income) of $164.3 and the Gain on the sale of inkjet-related technology and assets of $75.3 million. This was somewhat offset by deferred taxes related to the Pension and other postretirement expense (income) of approximately $36 million.

 

The unfavorable YTY change in Accrued liabilities and in Other assets and liabilities, collectively, was $146.3 million comparing 2014 to 2013. The largest factors behind the YTY movement were compensation related. Incentive compensation payments were $49 million more in 2014 than 2013. Based on payroll timing, the Company had an extra pay period in 2014 which had an unfavorable cash flow impact of approximately $16 million. The Company settled a legal matter resulting in an unfavorable change of $14.4 million in 2014. Reimbursements for certain retiree medical expenses were down by $12.0 million due to aged items being fully collected in 2013. Marketing program accruals drove unfavorable cash flows of $37.8 million in 2014 compared to 2013 driven by claim payouts. Net VAT taxes also drove another $8.5 million in unfavorable operating cash flows.

 

Trade receivables balances decreased $60.7 million in 2014 while they decreased $78.3 million in 2013. This $17.6 million fluctuation between the activity in 2014 and that of 2013 is driven largely by collection efforts in 2013 which continued in 2014. This is evidenced by the days of sales outstanding, which dropped 9 days in 2013 but only 3 additional days in 2014.

 

The activities above were partially offset by the following factors.

 

Accounts payable increased $55.7 million in 2014 while they decreased $38.3 million in 2013 resulting in a favorable impact to operating cash flows of $94.0 million. The increase in 2014 is driven by increased purchasing activities late in the year compared to 2013.

 

Refer to the contractual cash obligations table that follows for additional information regarding items that will likely impact the Company’s future cash flows.

 

The $58.7 million increase in cash flow from operating activities from 2012 to 2013 was driven by the following factors.

 

Trade receivables balance decreased $78.3 million in 2013 while they increased $57.2 million in 2012, excluding receivables recognized from business combinations. This $135.5 million fluctuation between the activity in 2013 and that of 2012 is driven largely by timing of sales as well as a decrease in days sales outstanding. The decrease in days sales outstanding reflects improved collection efforts.

 

The favorable YTY change in Accrued liabilities and in Other assets and liabilities, collectively, was $66.5 million comparing 2013 to 2012. The largest factors behind the YTY movement included increased incentive compensation accruals and marketing program accruals. Annual incentive compensation accruals, which were paid in 2014, were up approximately $49 million in 2013 compared to 2012. Marketing program accruals increased $24 million in 2013 compared to a $10 million decrease in 2012. Cash paid for income taxes had a negative impact on cash flows from operations as detailed in Part II, Item 8, Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The negative impact for cash paid from income taxes was partially offset by other tax related accruals.

 

The activities above were partially offset by the following factors.

 

Although Net Earnings increased $154.2 million for the full year 2013 as compared to the full year 2012, the YTY increase in Net Earnings was affected by the non-cash Pension and other postretirement income (expense) and Gain on the sale of inkjet-related technology and assets of $114.6 million and $75.3 million, respectively.

 

Accounts payable decreased $38.3 million in 2013 while they increased $22.0 million in 2012. The decrease in 2013 is driven by the exit of inkjet business and utilization of on-hand inventory.

 

Inventories decreased $7.3 million in 2013 and $58.2 million in 2012. This reflects continued improvement in inventory management and reduced inventory levels due to exit of inkjet business.

 

Table of Contents


      Cash conversion days

 

 

2014

2013

2012

Days of sales outstanding

 

37 

 

40 

 

49 

Days of inventory

 

34 

 

41 

 

39 

Days of payables

 

72 

 

73 

 

72 

Cash conversion days

 

(1)

 

9 

 

16 

 

Cash conversion days represent the number of days that elapse between the day the Company pays for materials and the day it collects cash from its customers. Cash conversion days are equal to the days of sales outstanding plus days of inventory less days of payables.

 

The days of sales outstanding are calculated using the period-end Trade receivables balance, net of allowances, and the average daily revenue for the quarter.

 

The days of inventory are calculated using the period-end net Inventories balance and the average daily cost of revenue for the quarter.

 

The days of payables are calculated using the period-end Accounts payable balance and the average daily cost of revenue for the quarter.

 

Cash conversion days presented above may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other registrants. The cash conversion days in the table above may not foot due to rounding.  The 2014 cash conversion days were exceptional; the Company does not expect to maintain the same level of performance in 2015Cash conversion days in early 2015 will likely align closer to prior trends.

 

Investing activities

 

The $253.4 million decrease in net cash flows used for investing activities during 2014 compared to that of 2013 was driven by the $226.2 million increase in proceeds from marketable securities, the decrease in business acquisitions of $62.9 million, a $30.5 million decrease in purchases of marketable securities and decreased property, plant and equipment purchases of $31.1 million. These activities were partially offset by the proceeds from the sale of inkjet-related technology and assets of $97.6 million in the 2013 period.

 

The $6.9 million increase in net cash flows used for investing activities during 2013 compared to that of 2012 was driven by the $267.7 million decrease in proceeds from marketable securities offset by the decrease in business acquisitions of $99.3 million, a $68.3 million decrease in purchases of marketable securities and proceeds from the sale of inkjet-related technology and assets of $97.6 million.

 

The Company’s business acquisitions, marketable securities and capital expenditures are discussed below.

 

      Business acquisitions

 

In 2014, cash flow used to acquire businesses was higher than 2013 due to the acquisitions of ReadSoft and GNAX Health at a total net investment of $238.1 million compared to AccessVia, Twistage, Saperion and PACSGEAR at a total net purchase price of $146.1 million. ReadSoft is a leading global provider of software solutions that automate business processes, both on premise and in the cloud. The Company purchased a controlling interest in ReadSoft for an initial net investment of $79.3 million. The company continued to purchase stock in ReadSoft throughout 2014 for an additional investment of $154.9 million, included in Financing activities. In accordance with Swedish law, the Company requested a compulsory purchase of the outstanding minority shares in ReadSoft, and anticipates obtaining pre-title to the remaining minority shares in March 2015. GNAX Health is a provider of image exchange software technology for exchanging medical content between medical facilities.

 

In 2013, cash flow used to acquire businesses was lower than 2012 due to the acquisitions of AccessVia, Twistage, Saperion and PACSGEAR at a total net purchase price of $146.1 million compared to Brainware, ISYS, Nolij, and Acuo, which were acquired in 2012 for $245.4 million. AccessVia provides industry-leading signage solutions to create and produce retail shelf-edge materials, all from a single platform, which can be directed to a variety of output devices and published to digital signs or electronic shelf tags. Twistage offers an industry-leading, pure cloud software platform for managing video, audio and image content. Saperion is a European-based leader in ECM solutions, focused on providing document archive and workflow solutions. PACSGEAR is a leading provider of connectivity solutions for healthcare providers to capture, manage and share medical images and related documents and integrate them with existing picture archiving and communication systems and EMR systems.

 

Subsequent to the date of the financial statements, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of Claron Technology, Inc. (“Claron”). Claron is a leading provider of medical image viewing, distribution, sharing and collaboration software technology.

Table of Contents


Claron’s solutions help healthcare delivery organizations provide universal access to patient imaging studies and other content across and between healthcare enterprises.

 

Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding business combinations.

 

      Marketable securities

 

The Company decreased its marketable securities investments in 2014 by $162.7 million, primarily for business acquisition activity listed above. The Company increased its marketable securities investments in 2013 by $94.0 million primarily with proceeds from the debt issuance and the sale of inkjet-related technology and assets.

 

The Company’s investments in marketable securities are classified and accounted for as available-for-sale and reported at fair value. At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company’s marketable securities portfolio consisted of asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, corporate debt securities, U.S. government and agency debt securities, international government securities, commercial paper and certificates of deposit. The Company’s auction rate securities, with a value of $6.7 million at December 31, 2013, were reported in the noncurrent assets section of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. In 2014 all of the auction rate securities were called, at par, and the Company had no such investments remaining at December 31, 2014.

 

The marketable securities portfolio held by the Company contains market risk (including interest rate risk) and credit risk. These risks are managed through the Company’s investment policy and investment management contracts with professional asset managers which require sector diversification, limitations on maturity and duration, minimum credit quality and other criteria. The Company also maintains adequate issuer diversification through strict issuer limits except for securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. The Company’s ability to access the portfolio to fund operations could be limited by the liquidity in the market as well as possible tax implications of moving proceeds across jurisdictions.

 

The Company assesses its marketable securities for other-than-temporary declines in value in accordance with the model provided under the FASB’s amended guidance. The Company released the remaining OTTI related to the auction rate securities in 2014 due to their call referenced above.

 

Level 3 fair value measurements are based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall valuation. Level 3 measurements were 0.2% of the Company’s total available-for-sale marketable securities portfolio at December 31, 2014 compared to 1.1% at December 31, 2013.

 

Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding fair value measurements. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding marketable securities.

 

      Capital expenditures

 

The Company invested $136.3 million, $167.4 million, and $162.2 million into Property, plant and equipment for the years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Further discussion regarding 2014 capital expenditures as well as anticipated spending for 2015 are provided near the end of Item 7.

 

Financing activities

 

The fluctuations in the net cash flows used for financing activities were principally due to the Company’s purchases of ReadSoft shares after gaining control and net proceeds from the issuance of senior notes. In 2014, cash flows used for financing activities were $323.7 million, due mainly to purchases of shares from non-controlling interest in ReadSoft of $154.9 million, share repurchases of $80.0 million and dividend payments of $85.3 million. In 2013, cash flows used for financing activities were $107.7 million, due mainly to net proceeds from debt activities of $47.3 million, share repurchases of $82.0 million and dividend payments of $75.3 million. In 2012, cash flows used for financing activities were $263.4 million, due mainly to share repurchases of $190.0 million and dividend payments of $78.6 million, less proceeds from employee stock plans of $5.8 million.

 

      Intra-period financing activities

 

The Company used its trade receivables facility, bank overdrafts and other financing sources to supplement daily cash needs of the Company and its subsidiaries in 2014. In 2014, the total of such borrowings in the U.S. reached a maximum amount of $126 million to fund certain capital, financing and operational requirements. The average borrowings outstanding during 2014 were $13.6 million.

 

Table of Contents


      Share repurchases and dividend payments

 

The Company’s capital return framework is to return, on average, more than 50 percent of free cash flow to its shareholders through dividends and share repurchases. During 2014, the Company repurchased approximately 1.9 million shares of its Class A Common Stock at a cost of $80 million through four accelerated share repurchase agreements executed during the period. As of December 31, 2014, there was approximately $89 million of remaining share repurchase authority from the Board of Directors. This repurchase authority allows the Company, at management’s discretion, to selectively repurchase its stock from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions depending upon market price and other factors. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding share repurchases. During 2013, the Company repurchased approximately 2.7 million shares of its Class A Common Stock at a cost of $82 million through four accelerated share repurchase agreements executed during the period. During 2012, the Company repurchased approximately 8.1 million shares of its Class A Common Stock at a cost of $190 million through four accelerated share repurchase agreements executed during the period.

 

The Company’s board declared dividends each quarter during 2014. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

On February 19, 2015, subsequent to the date of the financial statements, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.36 per share. The cash dividend will be paid on March 13, 2015, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on March 2, 2015. Future declarations of quarterly dividends are subject to approval by the Board of Directors and may be adjusted as business needs or market conditions change.

 

After the close of the markets on January 27, 2015, the Company entered into an ASR Agreement with a financial institution counterparty to repurchase additional shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

      Senior Note Debt

 

In March 2013, the Company completed a public debt offering of $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of fixed rate senior unsecured notes. The notes with an aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million and 5.125% coupon were priced at 99.998% to have an effective yield to maturity of 5.125% and will mature March 15, 2020 (referred to as the “2020 senior notes”). The 2020 senior notes rank equally with all existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The notes from the May 2008 public debt offering with an aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million and 6.65% coupon were priced at 99.73% to have an effective yield to maturity of 6.687% and will mature June 1, 2018 (referred to as the “2018 senior notes”). At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the outstanding balance of senior note debt was $699.7 million and $699.6 million, respectively, net of discount.

 

The 2020 senior notes pay interest on March 15 and September 15 of each year. The 2018 senior notes pay interest on June 1 and December 1 of each year. The interest rate payable on the notes of each series will be subject to adjustments from time to time if either Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services downgrades the debt rating assigned to the notes to a level below investment grade, or subsequently upgrades the ratings.

 

The senior notes contain typical restrictions on liens, sale leaseback transactions, mergers and sales of assets. There are no sinking fund requirements on the senior notes and they may be redeemed at any time at the option of the Company, at a redemption price as described in the related indenture agreements, as supplemented and amended, in whole or in part. If a “change of control triggering event” as defined below occurs, the Company will be required to make an offer to repurchase the notes in cash from the holders at a price equal to 101% of their aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of repurchase. A “change of control triggering event” is defined as the occurrence of both a change of control and a downgrade in the debt rating assigned to the notes to a level below investment grade.

 

In March 2013, the Company repaid its $350.0 million principal amount of 5.90% senior notes that were due on June 1, 2013 (referred to as the “2013 senior notes”). For the year ended December 31, 2013, a loss of $3.3 million was recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, related to $3.2 million of premium paid upon repayment and $0.1 million related to the write-off of related debt issuance costs.

 

The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the 2020 senior notes offering to extinguish the 2013 senior notes and used the remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including to fund share repurchases, fund dividends, finance acquisitions, finance capital expenditures and operating expenses and invest in various subsidiaries.

 

Additional sources of liquidity

 

The Company has additional liquidity available through its trade receivables facility and revolving credit facility. These sources can be accessed domestically if the Company is unable to satisfy its cash needs in the United States with cash flows provided by operations and existing cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Table of Contents


 

Trade Receivables Facility

 

In the U.S., the Company and one of its wholly-owned consolidated entities transfers a majority of their receivables to its wholly-owned subsidiary, Lexmark Receivables Corporation (“LRC”), which then may transfer the receivables on a limited recourse basis to an unrelated third party. The financial results of LRC are included in the Company’s consolidated financial results since it is a wholly-owned subsidiary. LRC is a separate legal entity with its own separate creditors who, in a liquidation of LRC, would be entitled to be satisfied out of LRC’s assets prior to any value in LRC becoming available for equity claims of the Company. The Company accounts for transfers of receivables from LRC to the unrelated third party as a secured borrowing with the pledge of its receivables as collateral since LRC has the ability to repurchase the receivables interests at a determinable price.

 

In October 2014, the trade receivables facility was amended by extending the term of the facility to October 7, 2016. The maximum capital availability under the facility remains at $125 million under the amended agreement. There were no secured borrowings outstanding under the trade receivables facility at December 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013.

 

This facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants as well as specific provisions related to the quality of the accounts receivables transferred. Receivables transferred to the unrelated third party may not include amounts over 90 days past due or concentrations over certain limits with any one customer. The facility also contains customary cash control triggering events which, if triggered, could adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and/or its ability to obtain secured borrowings.

 

Revolving Credit Facility

 

Effective February 5, 2014, Lexmark amended its $350 million 5-year senior, unsecured, multicurrency revolving credit facility, entered into on January 18, 2012, by increasing its size to $500 million. In addition, the maturity date of the amended credit facility was extended to February 5, 2019. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the facility.

 

The amended credit facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and also contains certain financial covenants, including those relating to a minimum interest coverage ratio of not less than 3.0 to 1.0 and a maximum leverage ratio of not more than 3.0 to 1.0 as defined in the agreement. The amended credit facility also limits, among other things, the Company’s indebtedness, liens and fundamental changes to its structure and business.

 

Additional information related to the 2014 credit facility can be found in the Form 8-K report that was filed with the SEC by the Company on February 6, 2014.

 

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facilities.

 

Credit Ratings and Other Information

 

The Company’s credit ratings by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Fitch Rating, Inc. are BBB-, Baa3 and BBB-, respectively. The ratings remain investment grade.

 

The Company’s credit rating can be influenced by a number of factors, including overall economic conditions, demand for the Company’s products and services and ability to generate sufficient cash flow to service the Company’s debt. A downgrade in the Company’s credit rating to non-investment grade would decrease the maximum availability under its trade receivables facility, potentially increase the cost of borrowing under the revolving credit facility and increase the coupon payments on the Company’s public debt, and likely have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to obtain access to new financings in the future. The Company does not have any rating downgrade triggers that accelerate the maturity dates of its Facility or public debt.

 

The Company was in compliance with all covenants and other requirements set forth in its debt agreements at December 31, 2014. The Company believes that it is reasonably likely that it will continue to be in compliance with such covenants in the near future.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

At December 31, 2014, the Company had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material current or future effect on financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. Refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the Company future minimum lease rentals under the terms of non-cancelable operating leases.

Table of Contents


 

Contractual Cash Obligations

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

Less than

 

 

More than

(Dollars in Millions)

Total

1 Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

5 years

Long-term debt (1)

$

883 

$

41 

$

81 

$

351 

$

410 

Operating leases

 

121 

 

35 

 

47 

 

24 

 

15 

Purchase obligations

 

157 

 

157 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Uncertain tax positions

 

20 

 

2 

 

3 

 

13 

 

2 

Pension and other postretirement plan contributions

 

15 

 

15 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities (2)

 

42 

 

21 

 

7 

 

3 

 

11 

Total contractual obligations

$

1,238 

$

271 

$

138 

$

391 

$

438 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) includes interest payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2) includes current portion of other long-term liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt reported in the table above includes principal repayments of $300 million and $400 million in the 3-5 Years and More than 5 Years columns, respectively. All other amounts represent interest payments.

 

Purchase obligations reported in the table above include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on the Company and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction.

 

Other long-term liabilities reported in the table above is made up of various items including asset retirement obligations and restructuring reserves.

 

The Company’s funding policy for its pension and other postretirement plans is to fund minimum amounts according to the regulatory requirements under which the plans operate. From time to time, the Company may choose to fund amounts in excess of the minimum for various reasons. The Company is currently expecting to contribute approximately $15 million to its pension and other postretirement plans in 2015, as noted in the table above. The Company anticipates similar levels of funding for 2016 and 2017 based on factors that were present as of December 31, 2014. Actual future funding requirements beyond 2015 will be impacted by various factors, including actual pension asset returns and interest rates used for discounting future liabilities and are, therefore, not included in the table above. The effect of any future contributions the Company may be obligated or otherwise choose to make could be material to the Company’s future cash flows from operations.

 

Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) Directives issued by the European Union require producers of electrical and electronic goods to be financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products. The Company’s estimated financial obligation related to WEEE Directives is not shown in the table above due to the lack of historical data necessary to project future dates of payment. At December 31, 2014, the Company’s estimated liability for this obligation was a long-term liability of $2.4 million included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had accrued $56.3 million for pending copyright fee issues, including litigation proceedings, local legislative initiatives and/or negotiations with the parties involved. These accruals are included in Accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The liability is not included in the table above due to the level of uncertainty regarding the timing of payments and ultimate settlement of the litigation. Payment of such potential obligations could have a material impact on the Company’s future operating cash flows. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

Capital expenditures totaled $136.3 million, $167.4 million and $162.2 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The capital expenditures for 2014 principally related to infrastructure support (including internal-use software expenditures), building and improvements and new product development. The Company expects capital expenditures to be approximately $110 million for full year 2015, attributable mostly to infrastructure support and new product development. Capital expenditures in 2015 are expected to be funded through cash from operations; however, if necessary, the Company may use existing cash and cash equivalents, proceeds from sales of marketable securities or additional sources of liquidity as discussed in the preceding sections.

 

Table of Contents


EFFECT OF CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES AND EXCHANGE RATE RISK MANAGEMENT

 

Revenue derived from international sales, including exports from the U.S., accounts for approximately 57% of the Company’s consolidated revenue, with EMEA accounting for 37% of worldwide sales. Substantially all foreign subsidiaries maintain their accounting records in their local currencies. Consequently, period-to-period comparability of results of operations is affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Certain of the Company’s Latin American and European entities use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency.

 

Currency exchange rates had a 1% unfavorable impact on international revenue in 2014 when compared to 2013. Currency exchange rates had a negligible impact on international revenue in 2013 when compared to 2012. During the fourth quarter of 2014, Lexmark entered into foreign exchange option contracts as hedges of portions of anticipated foreign currency denominated revenue. The settlement of these contracts and subsequent recognition in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings will begin in the first quarter of 2015 and continue throughout the year as the underlying hedged transactions occur.

 

The Company’s exposure to exchange rate fluctuations generally cannot be minimized solely through the use of operational hedges. Therefore, the Company utilizes financial instruments such as forward exchange contracts to reduce the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on certain assets and liabilities, which arise from transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency. The Company does not purchase currency-related financial instruments for purposes other than exchange rate risk management.

 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements which is incorporated herein by reference. There are no known material changes and trends nor any recognized future impact of new accounting guidance beyond the disclosures provided in Note 2.

 

INFLATION

 

The Company is subject to the effects of changing prices and operates in an industry where product prices are very competitive and subject to downward price pressures. As a result, future increases in production costs or raw material prices could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business. In an effort to minimize the impact on earnings of any such increases, the Company must continually manage its product costs and manufacturing processes. Additionally, monetary assets such as cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities lose purchasing power during inflationary periods and thus, the Company’s cash and marketable securities balances could be more susceptible to the effects of increasing inflation.


Table of Contents


Item 7A.      QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

MARKET RISK SENSITIVITY

 

The market risk inherent in the Company’s financial instruments and positions represents the potential loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.

 

Interest Rates

 

At December 31, 2014, the fair value of the Company’s senior notes was estimated at $756.6 million based on the prices the bonds have recently traded in the market as well as the overall market conditions on the date of valuation, stated coupon rates, the number of coupon payments each year and the maturity dates. The fair value of the senior notes exceeded the carrying value as recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at December 31, 2014 by approximately $56.9 million. Market risk is estimated as the potential change in fair value resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in interest rates and amounts to approximately $10.7 million at December 31, 2014.

 

At December 31, 2013, the fair value of the Company’s senior notes was estimated at $745.1 million based on the prices the bonds had recently traded in the market as well as the overall market conditions on the date of valuation, stated coupon rates, the number of coupon payments each year and the maturity dates. The fair value of the senior notes exceeded the carrying value as recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at December 31, 2013 by approximately $45.5 million. Market risk is estimated as the potential change in fair value resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in interest rates and amounts to approximately $14.7 million at December 31, 2013.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

 

Foreign currency exposures arise from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the Company or the respective foreign currency of each of the Company’s subsidiaries as well as foreign currency denominated revenue and profit translated into the functional currency of the Company. The primary currencies to which the Company was exposed on a transaction basis as of the end of the fourth quarter include the Euro, the British pound, the Canadian dollar, the Chinese renminbi, the Philippine peso, the Swedish krona, the Singapore dollar and the Swiss franc. The Company primarily hedges its transaction foreign exchange exposures with foreign currency forward contracts (“transaction hedge contracts”) with maturity dates of approximately three months or less, though all foreign currency exposures may not be fully hedged. In 2014, the Company began hedging anticipated foreign currency denominated sales with foreign exchange option contracts (“cash flow hedge contracts”). The potential loss in fair value at December 31, 2014 for transaction and cash flow hedge contracts resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in all foreign currency exchange rates versus the U.S. dollar is approximately $89.9 million. This loss would be mitigated by corresponding gains on the underlying exposures. The potential loss in fair value at December 31, 2013 for transaction hedge contracts resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in all foreign currency exchange rates versus the U.S. dollar was approximately $3.0 million. This loss would have been mitigated by corresponding gains on the underlying exposures.


Table of Contents


Item 8.      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Lexmark International, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012

(In Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

$

3,203.9 

 

$

3,242.3 

 

$

3,447.5 

Service

 

506.6 

 

 

425.3 

 

 

350.1 

Total Revenue

 

3,710.5 

 

 

3,667.6 

 

 

3,797.6 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

1,931.3 

 

 

1,880.3 

 

 

2,064.0 

Service

 

360.1 

 

 

321.9 

 

 

284.0 

Restructuring-related costs

 

9.3 

 

 

21.5 

 

 

47.8 

Total Cost of revenue

 

2,300.7 

 

 

2,223.7 

 

 

2,395.8 

Gross profit

 

1,409.8 

 

 

1,443.9 

 

 

1,401.8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

354.5 

 

 

287.2 

 

 

369.1 

Selling, general and administrative

 

888.2 

 

 

810.1 

 

 

805.1 

Gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets

 

 

 

 

(73.5)

 

 

 

Restructuring and related charges

 

17.9 

 

 

10.9 

 

 

36.1 

Operating expense

 

1,260.6 

 

 

1,034.7 

 

 

1,210.3 

Operating income

 

149.2 

 

 

409.2 

 

 

191.5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense (income), net

 

31.6 

 

 

33.0 

 

 

29.6 

Other expense (income), net

 

4.2 

 

 

4.5 

 

 

(0.5)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

3.3 

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

113.4 

 

 

368.4 

 

 

162.4 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

34.3 

 

 

106.6 

 

 

54.8 

Net earnings

$

79.1 

 

$

261.8 

 

$

107.6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

1.28 

 

$

4.16 

 

$

1.57 

Diluted

$

1.25 

 

$

4.08 

 

$

1.55 

Shares used in per share calculation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

62.0 

 

 

63.0 

 

 

68.6 

Diluted

 

63.2 

 

 

64.1 

 

 

69.5 

Cash dividends declared per common share

$

1.38 

 

$

1.20 

 

$

1.15 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents


Lexmark International, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012

(In Millions)

 

 

2014

2013

2012

Net earnings

 

 

$

79.1 

 

 

$

261.8 

 

 

$

107.6 

Other comprehensive (loss) earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(net of tax benefit (liability) of $4.7 in 2014, $3.5 in 2013, and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$(0.6) in 2012)

$

(71.2)

 

 

$

(32.0)

 

 

$

14.7 

 

 

Recognition of pension and other postretirement benefit plans prior service credit, net of (amortization)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(net of tax benefit (liability) of $(0.1) in 2014, $(0.8) in 2013, and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.1 in 2012)

 

(0.2)

 

 

 

2.1 

 

 

 

0.2 

 

 

Net unrealized (loss) gain on OTTI* marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(net of tax benefit (liability) of $0.0 in 2014 and $0.4 in 2012)

 

(0.1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.6)

 

 

Net unrealized (loss) gain on marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(net of tax benefit (liability) of $(0.2) in 2014, $0.0 in 2013, and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$(0.6) in 2012)

 

(0.8)

 

 

 

(1.1)

 

 

 

2.6 

 

 

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(net of tax benefit (liability) of $(1.7) in 2014)

 

15.9 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward starting interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(net of tax benefit (liability) of $(0.5) in 2013 and $0.5 in 2012)

 

 

 

 

 

0.9 

 

 

 

(0.9)

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) earnings

 

 

 

(56.4)

 

 

 

(30.1)

 

 

 

16.0 

Comprehensive earnings

 

 

$

22.7 

 

 

$

231.7 

 

 

$

123.6 

 

*Other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”)

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents


Lexmark International, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In Millions, Except Par Value)

 

 

2014

2013

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

309.3 

$

273.2 

Marketable securities

 

624.6 

 

781.5 

Trade receivables, net of allowances of $22.2 in 2014 and $24.7 in 2013

 

421.6 

 

452.3 

Inventories

 

253.0 

 

268.2 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

225.8 

 

195.3 

Total current assets

 

1,834.3 

 

1,970.5 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

786.1 

 

812.4 

Marketable securities

 

 

 

6.7 

Goodwill

 

605.8 

 

454.7 

Intangibles, net

 

264.3 

 

258.0 

Other assets

 

142.6 

 

114.6 

Total assets

$

3,633.1 

$

3,616.9 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

$

532.8 

$

474.7 

Accrued liabilities

 

678.5 

 

672.4 

Total current liabilities

 

1,211.3 

 

1,147.1 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

699.7 

 

699.6 

Other liabilities

 

458.8 

 

401.9 

Total liabilities

 

2,369.8 

 

2,248.6 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 1.6 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $.01 par value:

 

 

 

 

Class A, 900.0 shares authorized; 61.3 and 62.0 outstanding in 2014 and 2013, respectively

 

1.0 

 

1.0 

Class B, 10.0 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

 

 

 

 

Capital in excess of par

 

956.2 

 

915.8 

Retained earnings

 

1,404.1 

 

1,413.1 

Treasury stock, net; at cost; 35.7 and 33.8 shares in 2014 and 2013, respectively

 

(1,006.4)

 

(926.4)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(91.6)

 

(35.2)

Total stockholders' equity

 

1,263.3 

 

1,368.3 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$

3,633.1 

$

3,616.9 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents


Lexmark International, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

(In Millions)

 

 

2014

2013

2012

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

$

79.1 

$

261.8 

$

107.6 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

259.4 

 

249.6 

 

275.8 

Deferred taxes

 

(17.9)

 

41.2 

 

20.6 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

27.6 

 

26.7 

 

23.3 

Pension and other postretirement expense (income)

 

76.4 

 

(87.9)

 

26.7 

Gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets

 

 

 

(75.3)

 

 

Other

 

2.5 

 

1.7 

 

10.5 

Change in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and divestiture:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables

 

60.7 

 

78.3 

 

(57.2)

Inventories

 

15.3 

 

7.3 

 

58.2 

Accounts payable

 

55.7 

 

(38.3)

 

22.0 

Accrued liabilities

 

(34.7)

 

95.0 

 

(72.5)

Other assets and liabilities

 

(71.9)

 

(55.3)

 

45.7 

Pension and other postretirement contributions

 

(29.2)

 

(24.8)

 

(39.4)

Net cash flows provided by operating activities

 

423.0 

 

480.0 

 

421.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

(136.3)

 

(167.4)

 

(162.2)

Purchases of marketable securities

 

(848.3)

 

(878.8)

 

(947.1)

Proceeds from sales of marketable securities

 

851.0 

 

565.8 

 

831.8 

Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities

 

160.0 

 

219.0 

 

220.7 

Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

(83.2)

 

(146.1)

 

(245.4)

Proceeds from sale of inkjet-related technology and assets, net of cash transferred

 

 

 

97.6 

 

 

Other

 

0.8 

 

0.5 

 

(0.3)

Net cash flows used for investing activities

 

(56.0)

 

(309.4)

 

(302.5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of assumed debt

 

(15.9)

 

 

 

(4.3)

Repayment of debt

 

 

 

(349.4)

 

 

Purchase of shares from noncontrolling interests

 

(154.9)

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs of $3.3

 

 

 

396.7 

 

 

Payment of cash dividend

 

(85.3)

 

(75.3)

 

(78.6)

Purchase of treasury stock

 

(80.0)

 

(82.0)

 

(190.0)

Proceeds from employee stock plans

 

11.0 

 

0.4 

 

5.8 

Other

 

1.4 

 

1.9 

 

3.7 

Net cash flows used for financing activities

 

(323.7)

 

(107.7)

 

(263.4)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

(7.2)

 

(2.1)

 

0.9 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

36.1 

 

60.8 

 

(143.7)

Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year

 

273.2 

 

212.4 

 

356.1 

Cash and cash equivalents - end of year

$

309.3 

$

273.2 

$

212.4 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents


Lexmark International, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012

(In Millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Class A and B

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Common Stock

Capital in

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive

Total

 

 

 

 

Excess

Retained

Treasury

(Loss)

Stockholders'

 

Shares

 

Amount

of Par

Earnings

Stock

Earnings

Equity

Balance at December 31, 2011

71.4 

 

0.9 

 

866.6 

 

1,202.9 

 

(654.4)

 

(21.1)

 

1,394.9 

Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

107.6 

 

 

 

 

 

107.6 

Other comprehensive earnings (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.0 

 

16.0 

Shares issued under deferred stock plan compensation

0.4 

 

0.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.1 

Shares issued upon exercise of options

0.2 

 

 

 

5.8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.8 

Tax benefit (shortfall) related to stock plans

 

 

 

 

2.4 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.4 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

23.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.3 

Dividends declared on Class A common stock, $1.15 per share (1)

 

 

 

 

2.5 

 

(81.1)

 

 

 

 

 

(78.6)

Treasury shares purchased

(8.1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(190.0)

 

 

 

(190.0)

Balance at December 31, 2012

63.9 

 

1.0 

 

900.6 

 

1,229.4 

 

(844.4)

 

(5.1)

 

1,281.5 

Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

261.8 

 

 

 

 

 

261.8 

Other comprehensive (loss) earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(30.1)

 

(30.1)

Shares issued under deferred stock plan compensation

0.8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued upon exercise of options

 

 

 

 

0.4 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.4 

Tax benefit (shortfall) related to stock plans

 

 

 

 

(14.7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14.7)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

26.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26.7 

Dividends declared on Class A common stock, $1.20 per share (2)

 

 

 

 

2.8 

 

(78.1)

 

 

 

 

 

(75.3)

Treasury shares purchased

(2.7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(82.0)

 

 

 

(82.0)

Balance at December 31, 2013

62.0 

$

1.0 

$

915.8 

$

1,413.1 

$

(926.4)

$

(35.2)

$

1,368.3 

Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

79.1 

 

 

 

 

 

79.1 

Other comprehensive (loss) earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(56.4)

 

(56.4)

Shares issued under deferred stock plan compensation

0.9 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred stock units granted under deferred compensation election

 

 

 

 

1.2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2 

Shares issued upon exercise of options

0.3 

 

 

 

11.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.0 

Tax benefit (shortfall) related to stock plans

 

 

 

 

(2.2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2.2)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

27.6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.6 

Dividends declared on Class A common stock, $1.38 per share (3)

 

 

 

 

2.8 

 

(88.1)

 

 

 

 

 

(85.3)

Treasury shares purchased

(1.9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(80.0)

 

 

 

(80.0)

Balance at December 31, 2014

61.3 

$

1.0 

$

956.2 

$

1,404.1 

$

(1,006.4)

$

(91.6)

$

1,263.3 

 

(1) Includes $78.6 million cash dividend paid in 2012 as well as $2.5 million dividend equivalent units granted

(2) Includes $75.3 million cash dividend paid in 2013 as well as $2.8 million dividend equivalent units granted

(3) Includes $85.3 million cash dividend paid in 2014 as well as $2.8 million dividend equivalent units granted

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents


Lexmark International, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Tabular Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

 

1.            ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS

 

Since its inception in 1991, Lexmark International, Inc. (“Lexmark” or the “Company”) has become a leading developer, manufacturer and supplier of printing, imaging, device management, managed print services (“MPS”), document workflow and, more recently, business process and content management solutions. The Company operates in the office printing and imaging, and enterprise content and business process management (“ECM and BPM”), document output management (“DOM”), intelligent data capture and search software markets. Lexmark’s products include laser printers and multifunction devices, dot matrix printers and the associated supplies/solutions/services, as well as ECM, BPM, DOM, intelligent data capture, search and web-based document imaging and workflow software solutions and services. The major customers for Lexmark’s products are large corporations, small and medium businesses (“SMBs”), and the public sector. The Company’s products are principally sold through resellers, retailers and distributors in various countries in North and South America, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Asia, the Pacific Rim and the Caribbean.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company recorded an out-of-period adjustment to increase Provision for income taxes (decrease to Net earnings) and decrease Other assets by $6.8 million to correct errors that originated in 2008 and 2012. This adjustment relates to a deferred tax asset incorrectly recorded for the intercompany sale of assets in 2008. The Company determined that the error was not material to any of the Company’s prior annual and interim period financial statements, and the impact of correcting it is not considered to be material to the 2014 results of operations. Refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the Company’s income tax impacts.

 

Refer to Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the first quarter 2014 measurement period adjustment applied retrospectively to the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position related to the acquisition of Saperion AG (“Saperion”) in the third quarter of 2013.

 

Refer to Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding the revision to correct an immaterial misclassification among the classes of inventory as of December 31, 2013.

 

2.            SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The Company’s significant accounting policies are an integral part of its financial statements.

 

Principles of Consolidation:

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Use of Estimates:

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted (“GAAP”) in the United States of America (“U.S.”) requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, as well as disclosures regarding contingencies. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to customer programs and incentives, product returns, doubtful accounts, inventories, stock-based compensation, goodwill, intangible assets, income taxes, warranty obligations, copyright fees, restructurings, pension and other postretirement benefits, contingencies and litigation, long-lived assets, and fair values that are based on unobservable inputs significant to the overall measurement. Lexmark bases its estimates on historical experience, market conditions, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

Foreign Currency Translation and Remeasurement:

 

Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries that operate in a local currency environment are translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates. Income and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Adjustments arising from the translation of assets and liabilities, changes in stockholders’ equity and results of operations are accumulated as a separate component of Accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss) in stockholders’ equity.

 

Table of Contents


Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. Local currency transactions of these subsidiaries are remeasured using a combination of current and historical exchange rates. The effect of re-measurement is included in net earnings.

 

Cash Equivalents:

 

All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the Company’s date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.

 

Fair Value:

 

The Company generally uses a market approach, when practicable, in valuing financial instruments. In certain instances, when observable market data are lacking, the Company uses valuation techniques consistent with the income approach whereby future cash flows are converted to a single discounted amount. The Company uses multiple sources of pricing as well as trading and other market data in its process of reporting fair values and testing default level assumptions. The Company assesses the quantity of pricing sources available, variability in pricing, trading activity, and other relevant data in performing this process. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and accounts payable approximate their carrying values due to the relatively short-term nature of the instruments.

 

In determining where measurements lie in the fair value hierarchy, the Company uses default assumptions regarding the general characteristics of the financial instrument as the starting point. The Company then adjusts the level assigned to the fair value measurement, as necessary, based on the weight of the evidence obtained by the Company. Except for its pension plan assets, the Company reviews the levels assigned to its fair value measurements on a quarterly basis and recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as of the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurs. For pension plan assets, the Company reviews the levels assigned to its fair value measurements on an annual basis and recognizes transfers between levels as of the beginning of the year in which the transfer occurs.

 

The Company also performs fair value measurements on a nonrecurring basis for various nonfinancial assets including intangible assets acquired in a business combination, impairment of long-lived assets held for sale and goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing. The valuation approach(es) selected for each of these measurements depends upon the specific facts and circumstances.

 

Marketable Securities:

 

Based on the Company’s expected holding period, Lexmark has classified all of its marketable securities as available-for-sale and these investments are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as current assets. The Company’s available-for-sale auction rate securities were historically classified as noncurrent assets since the expected holding period was assumed to be greater than one year due to failed market auctions of these securities. Realized gains or losses are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of the securities.

 

The Company records its investments in marketable securities at fair value through Accumulated other comprehensive loss in accordance with the accounting guidance for available-for-sale securities. Once these investments have been marked to market, the Company must assess whether or not its individual unrealized loss positions contain other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). If an unrealized position is deemed OTTI, then the unrealized loss, or a portion thereof, must be recognized in earnings. The Company recognizes OTTI in earnings for the entire unrealized loss position if it intends to sell or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery of its amortized cost basis. If the Company does not expect to sell the debt security, but the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss is deemed to exist and OTTI shall be considered to have occurred. The OTTI is separated into two components, the amount representing the credit loss which is recognized in earnings and the amount related to all other factors which is recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

In determining whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell impaired securities before recovery of net book or carrying values, the Company considers various factors that include:

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents


 

If the Company determines that it does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security, the Company assesses whether it expects to recover the net book or carrying value of the security. The Company makes this assessment based on quantitative and qualitative factors of impaired securities that include a time period analysis on unrealized loss to net book value ratio; severity analysis on unrealized loss to net book value ratio; credit analysis of the security’s issuer based on rating downgrades; and other qualitative factors that may include some or all of the following criteria:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities that are identified through the analysis using the quantitative and qualitative factors described above are then assessed to determine whether the entire net book value basis of each identified security will be recovered. The Company performs this assessment by comparing the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the security with its net book value. If the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the net book value basis of the security, then a credit loss is deemed to exist and an OTTI is considered to have occurred. There are numerous factors to be considered when estimating whether a credit loss exists and the period over which the debt security is expected to recover, some of which have been highlighted in the preceding paragraph.

 

Trade Receivables - Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

 

Lexmark maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based on a variety of factors including the length of time receivables are past due, the financial health of its customers, unusual macroeconomic conditions and historical experience. If the financial condition of its customers deteriorates or other circumstances occur that result in an impairment of customers’ ability to make payments, the Company records additional allowances as needed. The Company writes off uncollectible trade accounts receivable against the allowance for doubtful accounts when collections efforts have been exhausted and/or any legal action taken by the Company has concluded.

 

Inventories:

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market, using standard cost which approximates the average cost method of valuing its inventories and related cost of goods sold.

 

Lexmark writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory by an amount equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value. The Company estimates the difference between the cost of obsolete or unmarketable inventory and its market value based upon product demand requirements, product life cycle, product pricing and quality issues. Also, Lexmark records an adverse purchase commitment liability when anticipated market sales prices are lower than committed costs.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment:

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The Company capitalizes interest related to the construction of certain fixed assets if the effect of capitalization is deemed material. Property, plant and equipment accounts are relieved of the cost and related accumulated depreciation when assets are disposed of or otherwise retired. Gains or losses on the dispositions of property, plant and equipment are included in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

 

Internal-Use Software Costs:

 

Lexmark capitalizes direct costs incurred during the application development and implementation stages for developing, purchasing, or otherwise acquiring software for internal use. These software costs are included in Property, plant and equipment, net, on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and are amortized over the estimated useful life of the software, generally three to five years. All costs incurred during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred.

 

Table of Contents


Software Development Costs:

 

Software development costs incurred subsequent to a product establishing technological feasibility are usually not significant. As such, Lexmark capitalizes a limited amount of costs for software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed.

 

Business Combinations:

 

The financial results of the businesses that Lexmark has acquired are included in the Company’s consolidated financial results based on the respective dates of the acquisitions. The Company allocates the purchase consideration to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the business combination based on their acquisition-date fair values (with certain limited exceptions). The excess of the purchase consideration over the amounts assigned to the identifiable assets and liabilities is recognized as goodwill. Factors giving rise to goodwill generally include synergies that are anticipated as a result of the business combination, including enhanced product and service offerings and access to new customers. The fair values of identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations are generally determined using an income approach, requiring financial forecasts and estimates as well as market participant assumptions.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets:

 

Lexmark assesses its goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually as of December 31 or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that lead management to believe it is more likely than not that an impairment exists. Examples of such events or circumstances include a deterioration in general economic conditions, increased competitive environment, or a decline in overall financial performance of the Company. Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level, which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (a "component") if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by segment management. Components are aggregated as a single reporting unit if they have similar economic characteristics. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units of the Company that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the related acquisition.

 

Although the qualitative assessment for goodwill impairment testing is available to Lexmark, the Company performed a quantitative test of impairment in 2014 and 2013. To estimate fair value for goodwill impairment testing, the Company generally considers both a discounted cash flow analysis, which requires judgments such as projected future earnings and weighted average cost of capital, as well as certain market-based measurements, including multiples developed from prices paid in observed market transactions of comparable companies. In estimating the fair value of its Perceptive Software reporting unit, the Company used an equally-weighted measure based on a discounted cash flow analysis and certain market-based measurements. In estimating the fair value of its ISS reporting unit, the Company used a discounted cash flow analysis.

 

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. In certain instances where consumption could be greater in the earlier years of the asset’s life, the Company has selected, as a compensating measure, a shorter period over which to amortize the asset. The Company’s intangible assets with finite lives are tested for impairment in accordance with its policy for long-lived assets below.

 

Long-Lived Assets Held and Used:

 

Lexmark reviews for impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition are insufficient to recover the carrying value of the assets, then an impairment loss is recognized based upon the excess of the carrying value of the assets over the fair value of the assets. Fair value is determined based on the highest and best use of the assets considered from the perspective of market participants.

 

Lexmark also reviews any legal and contractual obligations associated with the retirement of its long-lived assets and records assets and liabilities, as necessary, related to such obligations. The asset recorded is amortized over the useful life of the related long-lived tangible asset. The liability recorded is relieved when the costs are incurred to retire the related long-lived tangible asset. The Company’s asset retirement obligations are currently not material to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

 

Capital Lease Receivables:

 

The Company assesses and monitors credit risk associated with financing receivables, namely sales-type capital lease receivables, through an analysis of both commercial risk and political risk associated with the customer financing. Internal credit quality indicators are developed by the Company’s credit management function, taking into account the customer’s net worth, payment history, long term debt ratings and/or other information available from recognized credit rating services. If such information is not available, the Company estimates a rating based on its analysis of the customer’s audited financial statements prepared and certified in accordance with recognized generally accepted accounting principles, if available. The portfolio is assessed on an annual basis for significant changes in credit ratings or other information indicating an increase in exposure to credit risk. Quantitative disclosures related to

Table of Contents


capital lease receivables have been omitted from the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements as these balances represent approximately 2% of the Company’s total assets.

 

Environmental Remediation Obligations:

 

Lexmark accrues for costs associated with environmental remediation obligations when such costs are probable and reasonably estimable. In the early stages of a remediation process, particular components of the overall obligation may not be reasonably estimable. In this circumstance, the Company recognizes a liability for the best estimate (or the minimum amount in a range if no best estimate is available) of its allocable share of the cost of the remedial investigation-feasibility study, consultant and external legal fees, corrective measures studies, monitoring, and any other component remediation costs that can be reasonably estimated. Accruals are adjusted as further information develops or circumstances change. Recoveries from other parties are recorded as assets when their receipt is deemed probable.

 

Litigation:

 

The Company accrues for liabilities related to litigation matters when the information available indicates that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs such as outside counsel fees and expenses are charged to expense in the period incurred and are recorded in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding loss contingencies.

 

Waste Obligation:

 

Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) Directives issued by the European Union require producers of electrical and electronic goods to be financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products. The Company’s estimated liability for these costs involves a number of uncertainties and takes into account certain assumptions and judgments including collection costs, return rates and product lives. The Company adjusts its liability, as necessary, when new information becomes known or a sufficient level of entity-specific experience indicates a change in estimate is warranted.

 

Warranty:

 

Lexmark provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. The amounts accrued for product warranties are based on the quantity of units sold under warranty, estimated product failure rates, and material usage and service delivery costs. The estimates for product failure rates and material usage and service delivery costs are periodically adjusted based on actual results. For extended warranty programs, the Company defers revenue in short-term and long-term liability accounts (based on the extended warranty contractual period) for amounts invoiced to customers for these programs and recognizes the revenue ratably over the contractual period. Costs associated with extended warranty programs are expensed as incurred.

 

Shipping and Distribution Costs:

 

Lexmark includes shipping and distribution costs in Cost of revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

 

Segment Data:

 

The Company is primarily managed along two segments:  Imaging Solutions and Services (“ISS”) and Perceptive Software. ISS offers a broad portfolio of monochrome and color laser printers and laser multifunction products as well as a wide range of supplies and services covering its printing products and technology solutions. Perceptive Software offers a complete suite of ECM, BPM, DOM, intelligent data capture and search software as well as associated industry specific solutions.

 

Revenue Recognition:

 

General

 

Lexmark recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue as reported in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings is reported net of any taxes (e.g., sales, use, value added) assessed by a governmental entity that are directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer.

 

The Company typically records revenue on a gross basis in those instances when revenue is derived from sales of products or services from third-party vendors.  The Company records revenue on a gross basis when it is the principal to the transaction and net of costs when it is acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor.  The Company considers several factors in determining whether it

Table of Contents


is acting as principal or agent such as whether the Company is the primary obligor to the customer, has control over the pricing, and has inventory and credit risks. 

 

Printing Products

 

Revenue from product sales, including sales to distributors and resellers, is recognized when title and risk of loss transfer to the customer, generally when the product is shipped to the customer. Lexmark customers include distributors, resellers and end-users of Lexmark products. When other significant obligations remain after products are delivered, such as contractual requirements pertaining to customer acceptance, revenue is recognized only after such obligations are fulfilled. At the time revenue is recognized, the Company provides for the estimated cost of post-sales support, principally product warranty, and reduces revenue for estimated product returns.

 

Lexmark records estimated reductions to revenue at the time of sale for customer programs and incentive offerings including special pricing agreements, promotions and other volume-based incentives. Estimated reductions in revenue are based upon historical trends and other known factors at the time of sale. Lexmark also records estimated reductions to revenue for price protection, which it provides to substantially all of its distributors and reseller customers.

 

Printing Services

 

Revenue from support or maintenance contracts, including extended warranty programs, is recognized ratably over the contractual period. Amounts invoiced to customers in excess of revenue recognized on support or maintenance contracts are recorded as deferred revenue until the appropriate revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue for time and material contracts is recognized as the services are performed.

 

Software and Solutions

 

Lexmark enters into software agreements with customers through the sale of perpetual licenses, software as a service and subscription services. Provided that all other recognition criteria have been met, license revenue is recognized when the customer either takes possession of the software via a download, or has been provided with access codes that allow immediate possession of the software as the Company generally has vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value of the undelivered elements and the services are not considered essential to the functionality of the software.  Conversely, software as a service and subscription services revenue is recognized ratably over the duration of the contract, which is typically three to five years, as the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software in hosted arrangements.  Revenue from professional services related to software is recognized as the services are performed or on a proportional performance basis. Maintenance and support is typically billed in advance as part of multiple element arrangements and is deferred and recognized ratably over the support period.

 

Multiple Element Revenue Arrangements

 

General:

 

Lexmark enters into agreements with customers that contain multiple elements, such as the provisions of hardware, supplies, customized services such as installation, maintenance, and enhanced warranty services, and separately priced maintenance services.  These bundled arrangements generally involve capital or operating leases, or upfront purchases of hardware products with services and supplies provided per contract terms or as needed. Lexmark also enters into agreements with customers that contain software deliverables which are discussed separately in the section to follow.

 

If a deliverable in a multiple element arrangement is subject to other authoritative guidance, such as leased equipment, software or separately priced maintenance services, that deliverable is separated from the arrangement based on its relative selling price and accounted for in accordance with such specific guidance.  The remaining deliverables are accounted for under the guidance on multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. Revenue for these arrangements is allocated to each deliverable based on its relative selling price and is recognized when the revenue recognition criteria for each deliverable has been met.

 

A multiple deliverable arrangement is separated into more than one unit of accounting if both of the following criteria are met:

 

 

 

If these criteria are not met, the arrangement is accounted for as one unit of accounting and the recognition of revenue is deferred until delivery is complete or is recognized ratably over the contract period as appropriate.

 

Table of Contents


If these criteria are met, consideration is allocated at inception of the arrangement to all deliverables on the basis of the relative selling price. The Company has generally met these criteria in that all of the deliverables in its multiple deliverable arrangements have stand-alone value in that either the customer can resell that item or another vendor sells that item separately. In cases of deliverables with variable quantities, the Company’s practice is to consider these a separate deliverable in the original arrangement when the customer does not have the option but to purchase future quantities from the Company. The Company typically does not offer a general right of return in regards to its multiple deliverable arrangements.

 

The selling price of each deliverable is determined by establishing VSOE, third party evidence (“TPE”) or best estimate of selling price (“BESP”) for each delivered item. If VSOE or TPE is not determinable, the Company utilizes its BESP in order to allocate consideration for those deliverables.

 

The Company uses its BESP when allocating the transaction price for most of its non-software deliverables due to variability in pricing or lack of stand-alone sales as well as the unique and customized nature of certain deliverables. BESP for the Company’s product deliverables is determined by utilizing a weighted average price approach. BESP for the Company’s service deliverables is determined primarily by utilizing a cost plus margin approach, and in some instances uses an average price per hour. These approaches are described further in the paragraphs below.

 

The Company’s method for determining management’s BESP for products starts with a review of historical stand-alone sales data. Prior sales are grouped by product and key data points utilized such as the average unit price and the weighted average price in order to incorporate the frequency of each product sold at any given price. Due to the large number of product offerings, products are then grouped into common product categories (families) incorporating similarities in function and use and a BESP discount is determined by common product category. This discount is then applied to product list price to arrive at a product BESP. This method is performed and applied at a geography level in order to incorporate variances in product pricing across worldwide boundaries.

 

The Company does not typically sell its services on a stand-alone basis, thus a BESP for those services not offered on a stand-alone basis is determined using a cost plus margin approach. The Company typically uses third party suppliers to provide the services component of its multiple element arrangements, thus the cost of services is generally that which is invoiced to the Company, but may also include cost estimates based on parts, labor, overhead and estimates of the number of service actions to be performed. A margin is applied to the cost of services in order to determine a BESP, and is primarily based on consideration of internal factors such as margin objectives and pricing practices as well as competitor pricing strategies. In some instances the company offers professional services on a stand-alone basis. For those services the Company utilizes stand-alone quotes to develop a range of prices offered. A BESP for these services has been determined as an average price per hour.

 

Software:

 

For software deliverables, relative selling price is determined using VSOE which is based on company specific stand-alone sales data or renewal rates. For those arrangements, the Company often uses the residual method to allocate arrangement consideration to delivered software licenses as permitted under the software revenue recognition guidance when VSOE does not exist for all arrangement deliverables. VSOE for professional services is generally based on hourly rates charged and is determined using a bell curve approach on stand-alone sales data, while VSOE for maintenance agreements is determined using a renewal rate approach, which is based on the contractual price for renewal in the original arrangement as substantiated by actual renewal experience. Maintenance revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the support period which is generally twelve months. Software components that function together with the non-software components to provide the equipment’s essential functionality are accounted for as part of the sale of the equipment. Software components that do not function together with the non-software components to deliver the equipment’s essential functionality are accounted for under the software revenue recognition guidance.

 

Research and Development Costs:

 

Lexmark engages in the design and development of new products and enhancements to its existing products. The Company’s research and development activity is focused on laser devices and associated supplies, features and related technologies as well as software. Refer to Software Development Costs earlier in this note for information related to software development costs.

 

The Company expenses research and development costs when incurred. Equipment acquired for research and development activities that has alternative future use (in research and development projects or otherwise) may be capitalized and depreciated. Research and development costs include salary and labor expenses, infrastructure costs, and other costs leading to the establishment of technological feasibility of the new product or enhancement.

 

Advertising Costs:

 

The Company expenses advertising costs when incurred. Advertising expense was approximately $31.6 million, $41.7 million and $41.0 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Table of Contents


Pension and Other Postretirement Plans:

 

The Company accounts for its defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans using actuarial models. Costs are attributed using the projected unit credit method. The objective under this method is to expense each participant’s benefits under the plan as they accrue, taking into consideration future salary increases and the plan’s benefit allocation formula. Thus, the total pension to which each participant is expected to become entitled is broken down into units, each associated with a year of past or future credited service.

 

The discount rate assumption for the pension and other postretirement benefit plan liabilities reflects the rates at which the benefits could effectively be settled and are based on current investment yields of high-quality fixed-income investments. The Company uses a yield-curve approach to determine the assumed discount rate based on the timing of the cash flows of the expected future benefit payments. This approach matches the plan’s cash flows to that of a yield curve that provides the equivalent yields on zero-coupon corporate bonds for each maturity.

 

The Company’s assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on long-term historical actual return information, the mix of investments that comprise plan assets, and future estimates of long-term investment returns by reference to external sources. The Company also includes an additional return for active management, when appropriate, and deducts various expenses. The differences between actual and expected asset returns are recognized immediately in net periodic benefit cost.

 

The rate of compensation increase is determined by the Company based upon its long-term plans for such increases. This assumption is no longer applicable to the U.S. and certain non-U.S. pension plans due to benefit accrual freezes.

 

The Company’s funding policy for its pension plans is to fund the minimum amounts according to the regulatory requirements under which the plans operate. From time to time, the Company may choose to fund amounts in excess of the minimum.

 

The Company accrues for the cost of providing postretirement benefits such as medical and life insurance coverage over the remaining estimated service period of participants. These benefits are funded by the Company when paid.

 

The accounting guidance for employers’ defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans requires recognition of the funded status of a benefit plan in the statement of financial position. The change in the fair value of plan assets and net actuarial gains and losses are recognized in net periodic benefit cost in the fourth quarter of each year and whenever a remeasurement is triggered. Such gains and losses may be related to actual results that differ from assumptions as well as changes in assumptions, which may occur each year. Prior service cost or credit is accumulated in other comprehensive earnings and amortized over the estimated future service period of active plan participants.

 

Stock-Based Compensation:

 

Equity Classified

 

Share-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options, are recognized in the financial statements based on their grant date fair value. The fair value of the Company’s stock-based awards, less estimated forfeitures, is amortized over the awards’ vesting periods on a straight-line basis if the awards have a service condition only. For awards that contain a performance condition, the fair value of these stock-based awards, less estimated forfeitures, is amortized over the awards’ vesting periods using the graded vesting method of expense attribution.

 

The fair value of each stock option award on the grant date was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: expected dividend yield, expected stock price volatility, weighted average risk-free interest rate and weighted average expected life of the options. Under the accounting guidance on share-based payment, the Company’s expected volatility assumption used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model was based exclusively on historical volatility and the expected life assumption was established based upon an analysis of historical option exercise behavior. The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes model was based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the Company’s expected term assumption. The fair value of each restricted stock unit (“RSU”) award and deferred stock unit (“DSU”) award was calculated using the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant.  Under the terms of the Company’s RSU agreements, unvested RSU awards contain forfeitable rights to dividend equivalent units.  The fair value of each dividend equivalent unit (“DEU”) was calculated using the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of the dividend payment.

 

The Company elected to adopt the alternative transition method provided in the guidance for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation pursuant to the adoption of the share-based payment guidance. The alternative transition method includes simplified methods to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool (“APIC pool”) related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation, and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC pool and Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding upon the adoption of the share-based payment guidance.

Table of Contents


 

Liability Classified

 

Cash-based long-term incentive awards based on the Company’s relative total shareholder return were granted in 2012, 2013 and 2014.  The fair value of the awards is determined each period under a Monte Carlo simulation, which can result in greater variability in expense over the period earned. Refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding stock-based compensation.

 

Restructuring:

 

Lexmark records a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity at its fair value in the period in which the liability is incurred, except for liabilities for certain employee termination benefit charges that are accrued over time. Employee termination benefits associated with an exit or disposal activity are accrued when the obligation is probable and estimable as a postemployment benefit obligation when local statutory requirements stipulate minimum involuntary termination benefits or, in the absence of local statutory requirements, termination benefits to be provided are similar to benefits provided in prior restructuring activities. Specifically for termination benefits under a one-time benefit arrangement, the timing of recognition and related measurement of a liability depends on whether employees are required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits and, if so, whether employees will be retained to render service beyond a minimum retention period. For employees who are not required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits or employees who will not provide service beyond the minimum retention period, the Company records a liability for the termination benefits at the communication date. If employees are required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits and will be retained to render service beyond the minimum retention period, the Company measures the liability for termination benefits at the communication date and recognizes the expense and liability ratably over the future service period. For contract termination costs, Lexmark records a liability for costs to terminate a contract before the end of its term when the Company terminates the agreement in accordance with the contract terms or when the Company ceases using the rights conveyed by the contract. The Company records a liability for other costs associated with an exit or disposal activity in the period in which the liability is incurred.

 

Income Taxes:

 

The provision for income taxes is computed based on pre-tax income included in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The Company estimates its tax liability based on current tax laws in the statutory jurisdictions in which it operates. These estimates include judgments about the recognition and realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

 

The Company determines its effective tax rate by dividing its income tax expense by its income before taxes as reported in its Consolidated Statements of Earnings. For reporting periods prior to the end of the Company’s fiscal year, the Company records income tax expense based upon an estimated annual effective tax rate. This rate is computed using the statutory tax rate and an estimate of annual net income by geographic region adjusted for an estimate of non-deductible expenses and available tax credits.

 

The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with the accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes is a two-step process. The first step is recognition: The enterprise determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any litigation. The second step is measurement: A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as part of its income tax provision.

 

Derivatives:

 

All derivatives, including foreign currency exchange contracts, are recognized in the Statements of Financial Position at fair value. For those agreements subject to master netting agreements or similar arrangements, the Company nets the fair values of its derivative assets and liabilities for presentation purposes as permitted under the accounting guidance for offsetting. Derivatives that are not hedges must be recorded at fair value through earnings. If a derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are either offset against the change in fair value of underlying assets or liabilities through earnings or recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss until the underlying hedged item is recognized in earnings. Any ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. Derivatives qualifying as hedges are included in the same section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as the underlying assets and liabilities being hedged. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives for fair value hedges are offset against the changes in fair value of the underlying assets or liabilities through earnings. Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss, until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows of the hedged transaction.

 

Table of Contents


Net Earnings Per Share:

 

Basic net earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the reported period. The calculation of diluted net earnings per share is similar to basic, except that the weighted average number of shares outstanding includes the additional dilution from potential common stock such as stock options, restricted stock units, and dividend equivalents.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Earnings:

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) earnings refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under U.S. GAAP are included in comprehensive (loss) earnings but are excluded from net income as these amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity, net of tax. Lexmark’s Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) earnings is composed of unrealized gains on cash flow hedges, unamortized prior service cost or credit related to pension or other postretirement benefits, foreign currency translation adjustments and net unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities including the non-credit loss component of OTTI. The Company presents each item of other comprehensive (loss) earnings, on a net basis, and related tax amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Earnings, displaying the combination of reclassification adjustments and other changes as a single amount. Reclassification adjustments, including related tax amounts, are disclosed in Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. For any item required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period, the affected line item(s) on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings are provided. For other amounts not required to be reclassified to net income in their entirety, such as pension-related amounts, the Company provides in Note 15 a cross-reference to related footnote disclosures.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

 

Accounting Standards Updates Recently Issued and Effective

 

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”). ASU 2013-11 requires that unrecognized tax benefits be presented as a reduction to deferred tax assets for all same jurisdiction loss or other tax carryforwards that are available and would be used by the entity to settle additional income taxes resulting from disallowance of the uncertain tax position. The amendments in ASU 2013-11 became effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1, 2014 and were applied prospectively, which resulted in a reduction of approximately $1 million to Other assets and Other liabilities upon adoption. The amendments in ASU 2013-11 did not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of December 31, 2014.

 

Accounting Standards Updates Recently Issued But Not Yet Effective

 

In April 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity (“ASU 2014-08”). Under ASU 2014-08, only a disposal of a component or a group of components that represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results will qualify as a discontinued operation. In addition, under the revised definition, reporting discontinued operations will no longer be precluded when the operations and cash flows of the disposed component have not been eliminated from ongoing operations or when there is significant continuing involvement with the component after disposal. The amendments in ASU 2014-08 will be effective prospectively for the Company in the first quarter of 2015. The Company does not anticipate a material impact to its financial statements from ASU 2014-08, absent any disposals of components or groups of components that represent a strategic shift having a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results in future periods.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 is a new comprehensive standard for revenue recognition that is based on the core principle that revenue be recognized in a manner that depicts the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Under the new standard, a good or service is transferred to the customer when (or as) the customer obtains control of the good or service, which differs from the risk and rewards approach under current guidance. The new standard provides guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively, including service revenue and contract modifications, eliminates industry-specific revenue recognition guidance, including that for software, and requires enhanced disclosures about revenue. ASU 2014-09 affects any entity that enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services, except for certain contracts within the scope of other standards (such as leases), and is also applicable to transfers of nonfinancial assets outside of the entity’s ordinary activities. Areas of potential change for the Company include, but are not limited to, units of accounting, the determination of the transaction price, the allocation of the transaction price to multiple goods and services, transfer of control, software licenses, and capitalization of contract costs.

 

Table of Contents


ASU 2014-09 will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2017 and may be adopted through either retrospective application to all periods presented in the financial statements or through a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings by applying the new guidance to contracts that still require performance at the effective date. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating a sample of its contracts with customers under the new standard and cannot currently estimate the financial statement impact of adoption. The Company has not made a decision regarding the transition method it will use to adopt the new standard.

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). Under ASU 2014-15, management must evaluate on a quarterly basis whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. Substantial doubt exists when it is probable that the entity will be unable to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. Disclosures will be required if conditions or events give rise to substantial doubt. The amendments in ASU 2014-15 will be effective starting with the Company’s 2016 annual financial statements and are not expected to have a material impact.

 

The FASB and SEC staff issued other accounting guidance during the period that is not applicable to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures and, therefore, is not discussed above.

 

3.          FAIR VALUE

 

General

 

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. The guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As part of the framework for measuring fair value, the guidance establishes a hierarchy of inputs to valuation techniques used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available.

 

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are:

 

 

 

 

Fair value measurements of assets and liabilities are assigned a level within the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

 

Table of Contents


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

Based on

 

 

 

 

Based on

 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

prices in

 

Other  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

prices in

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

active

 

observable  

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

active

 

observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

markets

 

inputs 

 

inputs

 

 

 

 

markets

 

inputs

 

inputs

 

Fair value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Fair value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

$

185.3 

 

$

 

 

$

185.3 

 

$

 

 

$

162.6 

 

$

 

 

$

162.6 

 

$

 

Government and agency debt securities

 

6.9 

 

 

 

 

 

6.9 

 

 

 

 

 

12.5 

 

 

 

 

 

12.5 

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

 

192.2 

 

 

 

 

 

192.2 

 

 

 

 

 

175.1 

 

 

 

 

 

175.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government and agency debt securities

 

274.1 

 

 

219.9 

 

 

54.2 

 

 

 

 

 

345.8 

 

 

251.0 

 

 

94.8 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

291.0 

 

 

5.6 

 

 

285.4 

 

 

 

 

 

362.1 

 

 

7.5 

 

 

354.6 

 

 

 

Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities

 

59.5 

 

 

 

 

 

58.1 

 

 

1.4 

 

 

73.6 

 

 

 

 

 

71.8 

 

 

1.8 

Total available-for-sale marketable securities - ST

 

624.6 

 

 

225.5 

 

 

397.7 

 

 

1.4 

 

 

781.5 

 

 

258.5 

 

 

521.2 

 

 

1.8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auction rate securities - municipal debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.4 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.4 

Auction rate securities - preferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3 

Total available-for-sale marketable securities - LT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency derivatives (2)

 

28.3 

 

 

 

 

 

28.3 

 

 

 

 

 

0.1 

 

 

 

 

 

0.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

$

845.1 

 

$

225.5 

 

$

618.2 

 

$

1.4 

 

$

963.4 

 

$

258.5 

 

$

696.4 

 

$

8.5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency derivatives (2)

$

11.8 

 

$

 

 

$

11.8 

 

$

 

 

$

0.2 

 

$

 

 

$

0.2 

 

$

 

Total

$

11.8 

 

$

 

 

$

11.8 

 

$

 

 

$

0.2 

 

$

 

 

$

0.2 

 

$

 

 

(1) Included in Cash and cash equivalents on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

(2) Foreign currency derivative assets and foreign currency derivative liabilities are included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Accrued liabilities, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Refer to Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosure of derivative assets and liabilities on a gross basis.

 

The Company’s policy is to consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the Company’s date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The amortized cost of these investments closely approximates fair value in accordance with the Company’s policy regarding cash equivalents. Fair value of these instruments is readily determinable using the methods described below for marketable securities and money market funds.

 

Table of Contents


The following table presents additional information about Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2014:

 

Available-for-sale marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARS - muni

 

ARS -

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2014

Total Level 3

 

AB and MB

 

debt

 

preferred

 

securities

 

securities

 

securities

 

securities

Balance, beginning of period

$

8.5 

 

$

1.8 

 

$

3.4 

 

$

3.3 

Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) included in earnings (1)

 

0.3 

 

 

0.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains/(losses) included in OCI - OTTI securities

 

(0.1)

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains/(losses) included in OCI - All other

 

0.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.7 

Purchases

 

1.6 

 

 

1.6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and redemptions

 

(4.6)

 

 

(0.6)

 

 

 

 

 

(4.0)

Paydowns

 

(0.3)

 

 

(0.3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers in (2)

 

0.3 

 

 

0.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out (2)

 

(5.0)

 

 

(1.6)

 

 

(3.4)

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

$

1.4 

 

$

1.4 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

OCI = Other comprehensive income

OTTI = Other than temporary impairment

AB = Asset-backed

MB = Mortgage-backed

ARS = Auction rate security

(1) Included in Other expense (income), net on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings

(2) Transfers into Level 3 were on a gross basis, and resulted from the Company being unable to corroborate the prices of these securities with a sufficient level of observable market data to maintain Level 2 classification. Transfers out of Level 3 were on a gross basis, and resulted from the Company being able to obtain information demonstrating that the prices were observable in the market during the period shown.

 

Of the realized and unrealized losses included in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2014, none were related to Level 3 securities held by the Company at December 31, 2014.

 

For purposes of comparison, the following table presents additional information about Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

Available-for-sale marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

ARS - muni

 

ARS -

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2013

Total Level 3

 

debt

 

AB and MB

 

debt

 

preferred

 

securities

 

securities

 

securities

 

securities

 

securities

Balance, beginning of period

$

15.0 

 

$

5.2 

 

$

3.5 

 

$

3.3 

 

$

3.0 

Unrealized gains/(losses) included in OCI - OTTI securities

 

0.1 

 

 

 

 

 

0.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains/(losses) included in OCI - All other

 

0.5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.2 

 

 

0.3 

Purchases

 

0.2 

 

 

0.2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

(0.6)

 

 

(0.6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturities and paydowns

 

(0.8)

 

 

 

 

 

(0.7)

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

 

Transfers out (1)

 

(5.9)

 

 

(4.8)

 

 

(1.1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

$

8.5 

 

$

 

 

$

1.8 

 

$

3.4 

 

$

3.3 

 

OCI = Other comprehensive income

OTTI = Other than temporary impairment

AB = Asset-backed

MB = Mortgage-backed

ARS = Auction rate security

(1) Transfers out of Level 3 were on a gross basis and resulted from the Company being able to obtain information demonstrating that the prices were observable in the market during the period shown.

 

Of the realized and unrealized losses included in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2013, none were related to Level 3 securities held by the Company at December 31, 2013.

 

Table of Contents


Transfers

 

2014

 

During 2014, the Company transferred, on a gross basis, $9.0 million of U.S. agency debt securities and $0.7 million of corporate debt securities from Level 1 to Level 2 due to lower levels of market activity for certain securities held at the end of 2014 that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair values of the Company’s U.S. agency debt securities are generally categorized as Level 1 but may be downgraded based on the Company’s assessment of market activity for individual securities.

 

A discussion of transfers in and out of Level 3 for 2014 is presented above with the tables containing additional Level 3 information.

 

2013

 

During 2013, the Company transferred, on a gross basis, $8.7 million of U.S. agency debt securities and $3.5 million of corporate debt securities from Level 1 to Level 2 due to lower levels of market activity for certain securities held at the end of 2013 that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair values of the Company’s U.S. agency debt securities are generally categorized as Level 1 but may be downgraded based on the Company’s assessment of market activity for individual securities. The Company also transferred from Level 2 to Level 1, on a gross basis, $2.6 million of corporate debt securities and $1.5 million of U.S. agency debt securities held at the end of 2013 that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The transfers of corporate debt securities from Level 2 to Level 1 were due to trading volumes sufficient to indicate an active market for the securities. The transfers of U.S. agency debt securities from Level 2 to Level 1 were due to the securities resuming higher levels of market activity during 2013.

 

A discussion of transfers in and out of Level 3 for 2013 is presented above with the tables containing additional Level 3 information.

 

Valuation Techniques

 

Marketable Securities - General

 

The Company evaluates its marketable securities in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance on accounting for investments in debt and equity securities, and has determined that all of its investments in marketable securities should be classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value. The Company generally employs a market approach in valuing its marketable securities, using quoted market prices or other observable market data when available. In certain instances, when observable market data are lacking, fair values may be determined using valuation techniques consistent with the income approach whereby future cash flows are converted to a single discounted amount.

 

Marketable Securities - Valuation Process

 

The Company uses third-party pricing information to report the fair values of the securities in which it is invested, though the responsibility of valuation remains with the Company’s management. The Company corroborates the third-party pricing information with additional pricing data it obtains from other available sources, but does not use the additional pricing data to report fair values. Each quarter, the Company utilizes multiple sources of pricing as well as broker quotes, trading and other market data in its process of assessing the reasonableness of the third-party pricing information and testing default level assumptions. The Company assesses the quantity of pricing sources available, variability in the prices provided, trading activity and other relevant data to reasonably determine that the price provided is consistent with the accounting guidance for fair value measurements. The fair values of the Company’s investments in marketable securities are based on third-party pricing information without adjustment. As permitted under the accounting guidance for fair value disclosures the Company has not provided quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements of certain securities.

 

The fair values reported for securities classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy are less likely to be transacted upon than the fair values reported for securities classified in other levels of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Government and Agency Debt Securities

 

The Company’s government and agency debt securities are generally highly liquid investments having multiple sources of pricing with low variability among the data providers. The valuation process described above is used to corroborate the prices of these securities. Fair value measurements for U.S. government and agency debt securities are most often based on quoted market prices in active markets and are categorized as Level 1. Securities with lower levels of market activity, including certain U.S. agency debt securities and international government debt securities, are typically classified as Level 2.

 

Table of Contents


Corporate Debt Securities

 

The corporate debt securities in which the Company is invested most often have multiple sources of pricing with relatively low dispersion. The valuation process described above is used to corroborate the prices of these securities. The fair values of these securities are generally classified as Level 2. These securities may be classified as Level 3 if the Company is unable to corroborate the prices of these securities with a sufficient level of observable market data. In addition, certain corporate debt securities are classified as Level 1 due to trading volumes sufficient to indicate an active market for the securities.

 

Smaller amounts of commercial paper and certificates of deposit, which generally have shorter maturities and less frequent trades, are also grouped into this fixed income sector. Such securities are valued via mathematical calculations using observable inputs until such time that market activity reflects an updated price. The fair values of these securities are typically classified as Level 2 measurements.

 

Asset-Backed and Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

Securities in this group include asset-backed securities, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, and other mortgage-backed securities. These securities generally have lower levels of trading activity than government and agency debt securities and corporate debt securities and, therefore, their fair values may be based on other inputs, such as spread data. The valuation process described above is used to corroborate the prices of these securities. Fair value measurements of these investments are most often categorized as Level 2; however, these securities are categorized as Level 3 when there is higher variability in the pricing data, a low number of pricing sources, or the Company is otherwise unable to gather supporting information to conclude that the price can be transacted upon in the market at the reporting date.

 

Money Market Funds

 

The money market funds in which the Company is invested are considered cash equivalents and are generally highly liquid investments. Money market funds are valued at the per share (unit) published as the basis for current transactions.

 

Auction Rate Securities

 

All of the Company’s remaining auction rate securities were redeemed at par during 2014 and a discussion of the redemption of these securities is provided below. As of December 31, 2014, the Company no longer holds any auction rate security investments.

 

In the first quarter of 2014, the Company’s auction rate preferred stock investment was fully redeemed at par and the municipal auction rate security investment was fully redeemed at par in July 2014.

 

In previous quarters, the municipal auction rate security was classified as a Level 3 investment. In view of the impending redemption of the security at par, the security was classified as a Level 2 measurement as of the beginning of the second quarter of 2014.

 

Derivatives

 

The Company employs a foreign currency and interest rate risk management strategy that periodically utilizes derivative instruments to protect its interests from unanticipated fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by volatility in currency exchange rates and interest rates. Fair values for the Company’s derivative financial instruments are based on pricing models or formulas using current market data. Variables used in the calculations include forward points, spot rates, volatility assumptions and benchmark interest rates at the time of valuation, as well as the frequency of payments to and from counterparties and effective and termination dates. The Company believes there is minimal risk of nonperformance. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, all of the Company’s derivative instruments were designated as Level 2 measurements in the fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding the Company’s derivatives, including foreign exchange option contracts entered into in 2014.

 

Senior Notes

 

The Company’s outstanding senior notes consist of $300 million of fixed rate senior unsecured notes issued in a public debt offering in May 2008 and due on June 1, 2018 (the “2018 senior notes”) and $400 million of fixed rate senior unsecured notes issued in a public debt offering completed in March 2013 and due on March 15, 2020 (the “2020 senior notes”).

 

The fair values shown in the table below are based on the prices at which the bonds have recently traded in the market as well as the overall market conditions on the date of valuation, stated coupon rates, the number of coupon payments each year and the maturity dates. The fair value of the debt is not recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and is therefore excluded from the fair value table above. This fair value measurement is classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.

 

Table of Contents


 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Unamortized

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Unamortized

 

Fair value

 

Value

 

discount

 

Fair value

 

value

 

discount

2018 senior notes

$

334.0 

 

$

299.7 

 

$

0.3 

 

$

335.8 

 

$

299.6 

 

$

0.4 

2020 senior notes

 

422.6 

 

 

400.0 

 

 

 

 

 

409.3 

 

 

400.0 

 

 

 

Total

$

756.6 

 

$

699.7 

 

$

0.3 

 

$

745.1 

 

$

699.6 

 

$

0.4 

 

Refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the senior notes.

 

Plan Assets

 

Plan assets must be measured at least annually in accordance with accounting guidance on employers’ accounting for pensions and employers’ accounting for postretirement benefits other than pensions. The fair value measurement guidance requires that the valuation of plan assets comply with its definition of fair value, which is based on the notion of an exit price and the maximization of observable inputs. The fair value measurement guidance does not apply to the calculation of pension and postretirement obligations since the liabilities are not measured at fair value.

 

Refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosures regarding the fair value of plan assets.

 

Other Financial Instruments

 

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and accounts payable approximate their carrying values due to the relatively short-term nature of the instruments.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis Subsequent to Initial Recognition

 

There were no material fair value adjustments to assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis subsequent to initial recognition during 2014 or 2013.

 

4.           BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND DIVESTITURES

 

Business Combinations

 

On January 2, 2015, subsequent to the date of the financial statements, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of Claron Technology, Inc. (“Claron”). A leading provider of medical image viewing, distribution, sharing and collaboration software technology, Claron’s solutions help healthcare delivery organizations provide universal access to patient imaging studies and other content across and between healthcare enterprises.

 

The Company has begun its initial accounting for the purchase of Claron, and currently estimates the fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired to be approximately $17 million. This estimate is subject to change as the Company continues its accounting for the purchase of Claron. Due to the limited amount of time since the acquisition the initial accounting for the acquisition is incomplete. The Company intends to provide additional business combination disclosures including the amounts recognized as of the acquisition date for other assets acquired and liabilities assumed, contingent consideration agreements and indemnification assets, goodwill, and pro-forma results of the combined entity, if material, in its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2015.

 

2014

 

Acquisition of ReadSoft AB

 

In the second quarter of 2014, the Company commenced a public cash tender offer for all of the outstanding shares of ReadSoft AB (“ReadSoft”). ReadSoft is a leading global provider of software solutions that automate business processes, both on premise and in the cloud. Its software captures, classifies, sorts and routes both hard copy and digital business documents, provides approval workflows, and automatically extracts and verifies relevant data before depositing it into a customer’s systems of record. With the addition of ReadSoft, Perceptive Software will grow its software offering with additional document process automation capabilities and expand its footprint in Europe.

 

Concurrent with the public tender offer, the Company also obtained shares in ReadSoft through multiple share purchase transactions with specific shareholders in July 2014 and August 2014. On August 19, 2014, the Company purchased the ReadSoft founders’ share holdings at a price of 57.00 Swedish kronor (SEK) per share. As a result of the purchases of the founders’ shares and the previous purchases in the third quarter of 2014, the Company held a total of 1.2 million Class A shares and 9.7 million Class B shares in

Table of Contents


ReadSoft as of August 19, 2014, representing approximately 35.4 percent of ReadSoft’s total outstanding shares and 52.2 percent of the votes in aggregate. Accordingly, August 19, 2014 is the acquisition date of ReadSoft under business combination accounting guidance. The purchase accounting for the acquisition of ReadSoft has not been finalized as certain income tax matters are still being evaluated.

 

The following table summarizes the preliminary values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date of August 19, 2014 for ReadSoft. The intangible assets subject to amortization are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as of the acquisition date:

 

 

Estimated Fair Value 

Weighted-Average Useful Life (years)

Cash and cash equivalents

$

10.8 

 

Trade receivables

 

29.7 

 

Inventories

 

0.1 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

9.7 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

3.5 

 

Identifiable intangible assets:

 

 

 

Developed technology

 

52.5 

5.0 

In-process technology (1)

 

1.2 

 

Customer relationships

 

31.2 

10.0 

Trade names and trademarks

 

8.2 

4.0 

Non-compete agreements

 

0.1 

1.0 

Other long-term assets

 

2.3 

 

Accounts payable

 

(2.1)

 

Short-term borrowings

 

(4.3)

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

(1.3)

 

Loans payable to employees

 

(10.6)

 

Deferred revenue

 

(17.5)

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

(21.3)

 

Deferred tax liability, net (2)

 

(16.2)

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

(1.1)

 

Total net identifiable assets

 

74.9 

 

Goodwill

 

179.3 

 

Total net assets

$

254.2 

 

 

 

 

 

Consideration transferred on acquisition date

$

58.1 

 

Fair value of equity interest held before acquisition date

 

32.0 

 

Fair value of noncontrolling interest

 

164.1 

 

Total consideration transferred and noncontrolling interest

$

254.2 

 

 

(1) Amortization to begin upon completion of the project.

(2) Deferred tax liability, net primarily relates to purchased identifiable intangible assets and is shown net of deferred tax assets.

 

The values above include measurement period adjustments determined in 2014 affecting Trade receivables $3.8 million, Inventories $(0.3) million, Prepaid expenses and other current assets $(4.4) million, Identifiable intangible assets $(1.6) million, Other long-term assets $0.2 million, Deferred revenue $(0.5) million, Accrued expenses and other current liabilities $0.3 million, Deferred tax liability, net $(0.1) million, Other long-term liabilities $(1.1) million and Goodwill $3.7 million. The adjustments were due to facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date.

 

The preliminary fair value of trade receivables approximates its carrying value of $29.7 million. The gross amount due from customers is $34.3 million, of which $4.6 million was estimated to be uncollectible as of the date of acquisition.

 

The goodwill resulting from the ReadSoft acquisition was assigned to the Company’s Perceptive Software segment. The goodwill recognized includes projected future revenue and profit growth, as well as an expanded international presence for Perceptive Software and certain synergies specific to the combined entity. None of the goodwill acquired is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The preliminary total estimated fair value of intangible assets acquired was $93.2 million, with a weighted-average useful life of 6.6 years.

 

Table of Contents


The Short-term borrowings assumed as of the acquisition date were repaid after the acquisition date in the third quarter of 2014. The outstanding Loans payable to employees issued as part of ReadSoft’s incentive programs were considered a liability assumed by the Company on the acquisition date. Cash payments to the holders of the loans occurred after the acquisition date in the third quarter of 2014. The payments for both of these liabilities are included in Repayment of assumed debt in the financing section of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2014. The difference between the amounts shown in the table above and the amount shown on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows is due to foreign currency translation effects.

 

The Current portion of long-term debt assumed consists of a loan that was outstanding at the acquisition date and was subsequently repaid under its contractual terms in the fourth quarter of 2014.

 

The Company recognized a gain of $1.3 million upon the remeasurement to fair value of its equity interest in ReadSoft held before the acquisition date. The gain was recognized in Other expense (income), net on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company’s acquisitions of shares through August 19, 2014 committed the Company to compensate the sellers of those shares by the difference between the consideration paid to the sellers and the highest of: the price at which the shares were sold, the price of ReadSoft shares in a public takeover offer or the price for which the Company acquired any further ReadSoft shares before December 31, 2015. Due to the principle of equal treatment of shareholders in public takeover offers, such compensation was also payable to ReadSoft shareholders who accepted the Company’s offer. Thus, the gain recognized upon the remeasurement of the Company’s previously held equity interest to fair value was offset by a loss of $1.5 million, also recognized in Other expense (income), net on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2014. The net loss recognized also included foreign currency translation effects.

 

The Company used the market approach to estimate the fair values of its previously held equity interest in ReadSoft as well as the noncontrolling interest and determined the acquisition date offer price of 57.00 SEK to be the basis for the fair value measurements. The Company considered the timing of the public announcement of this offer price as well as the market response to the announcement in making this determination.

 

The purchase of ReadSoft is included in Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2014 in the amount of $79.3 million. Total cash and cash equivalents acquired in the acquisition of ReadSoft were $10.8 million.

 

A change to the acquisition date value of the identifiable net assets during the measurement period (up to one year from the acquisition date) will affect the amount of the purchase price allocated to goodwill. Changes to the purchase price allocation are adjusted retrospectively to the acquisition date, if significant.

 

Acquisition-related costs of approximately $6.5 million were charged directly to operations and were included in Selling, general and administrative on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Acquisition-related costs include finder’s fees, legal, advisory, valuation, accounting and other fees incurred to effect the business combination. Acquisition-related costs above do not include travel and integration expenses.

 

In accordance with Swedish law, the Company requested a compulsory purchase of the outstanding minority shares in ReadSoft, and anticipates obtaining pre-title to the remaining minority shares in March 2015.

 

Payments for the shares acquired subsequent to the acquisition date were $154.9 million and are included in Purchase of shares from noncontrolling interests on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2014. The noncontrolling interest as of December 31, 2014 was $4.3 million and is included in Other liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

 

Because the current levels of revenue and net earnings for ReadSoft are not material to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings, supplemental pro forma and actual revenue and net earnings disclosures have been omitted.

 

Other Acquisitions

 

On October 14, 2014 the Company acquired the assets of GNAX Healthcare LLC (“GNAX Health”) a subsidiary of GNAX Holdings, LLC. GNAX Health is a provider of image exchange software technology for exchanging medical content between medical facilities.

 

2013

 

On September 16, 2013 the Company acquired Saperion AG (“Saperion”). Saperion is a European-based leader in ECM solutions, focused on providing document archive and workflow solutions. The acquisition expands Perceptive Software’s European-based footprint in the ECM market, and will further strengthen the Company’s strategy of providing the platform, products and solutions that help companies manage their unstructured information challenges.

Table of Contents


 

Of the total cash payment of $72.3 million to acquire Saperion, $72.2 million was paid to acquire all of the issued and outstanding shares of Saperion, while $0.1 million relates to assets acquired by the Company that were recognized separately from the acquisition.

 

On October 3, 2013 the Company acquired PACSGEAR, Inc. (“PACSGEAR”). PACSGEAR is a leading provider of connectivity solutions for healthcare providers to capture, manage and share medical images and related documents and integrate them with existing picture archiving and communication systems and electronic medical records (“EMR”) systems. With this acquisition, Perceptive Software will be uniquely positioned to offer a vendor-neutral, standards-based clinical content platform for capturing, managing, accessing and sharing patient imaging information and related documents within healthcare facilities through an EMR and between facilities via PACSGEAR technology.

 

Of the total cash payment of $54.1 million, $53.9 million was paid to acquire all of the issued and outstanding shares of PACSGEAR. Additionally, $0.2 million of the total cash payment was used to pay certain transaction costs and other obligations of the sellers.

 

On March 1, 2013 the Company acquired AccessVia, Inc. (“AccessVia”) and Twistage, Inc. (“Twistage”). AccessVia provides industry-leading signage solutions to create and produce retail shelf-edge materials, all from a single platform, which can be directed to a variety of output devices and published to digital signs or electronic shelf tags. AccessVia, when combined with Lexmark’s MPS and expertise in delivering print and document process solutions to the retail market, will enable customers to quickly design and produce in-store signage for better and more timely merchandising in a highly distributed store environment. Twistage offers an industry-leading, pure cloud software platform for managing video, audio and image content. When combined with Lexmark, Twistage will enable customers to capture, manage and access all of their content, including rich media content assets, within the context of their business processes and enterprise applications.

 

Of the total cash payment of $31.5 million, $29.0 million was paid to acquire all of the issued and outstanding shares of AccessVia and Twistage. Additionally, $2.3 million of the total cash payment was used to pay certain transaction costs and other obligations of the sellers and $0.2 million relates to assets acquired by the Company that were recognized separately from the acquisitions.

 

The following table summarizes the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date for Saperion, PACSGEAR, AccessVia and Twistage. The intangible assets subject to amortization are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as of the acquisition date:

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

Weighted-Average Useful Life (years)

 

Saperion

PACSGEAR

AccessVia and Twistage

 

Cash

$

6.5 

$

1.6 

$

0.9 

 

Trade receivables

 

3.0 

 

2.7 

 

1.3 

 

Inventory

 

0.2 

 

1.0 

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

1.3 

 

1.5 

 

0.3 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

0.4 

 

0.2 

 

1.0 

 

Identifiable intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Developed technology

 

15.8 

 

25.8 

 

7.7 

7.1 

Customer relationships

 

19.4 

 

2.9 

 

11.1 

6.7 

Trade names

 

2.1 

 

0.3 

 

0.1 

2.8 

In-process technology (1)

 

0.5 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term assets

 

0.3 

 

 

 

0.1 

 

Accounts payable

 

(0.5)

 

 

 

(1.5)

 

Deferred revenue

 

(3.0)

 

(1.7)

 

(2.6)

 

Other current liabilities

 

(4.1)

 

(2.4)

 

(2.0)

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

(0.4)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability, net (2)

 

(8.5)

 

 

 

(4.2)

 

Total identifiable net assets

 

33.0 

 

31.9 

 

12.2 

 

Goodwill

 

39.2 

 

22.0 

 

16.8 

 

Total purchase price

$

72.2 

$

53.9 

$

29.0 

 

 

(1) Amortization to begin upon completion of the project.

(2) Deferred tax liability, net primarily relates to purchased identifiable intangible assets and is shown net of deferred tax assets.

Table of Contents


 

The fair value of trade receivables approximates its carrying value of $7.0 million. The gross amount due from customers is $8.7 million, of which $1.7 million was estimated to be uncollectible as of the date of acquisition.

 

Of the $78.0 million of goodwill resulting from the acquisitions, all of which was assigned to the Company’s Perceptive Software segment, $22.0 million is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The goodwill recognized comprises the value of expected synergies arising from the acquisitions that are complementary to the Perceptive Software business. The total estimated fair value of intangible assets acquired was $85.7 million, with a weighted-average useful life of 6.8 years.

 

The purchase of Saperion is included in Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 in the amount of $65.7 million. Total cash acquired in the acquisition of Saperion was $6.5 million. The Company also acquired intangible assets in the form of non-compete agreements from certain shareholders in the acquisition of Saperion. These agreements were valued at $0.1 million and were recognized separately from the acquisition.

 

The values in the table above include measurement period adjustments determined in 2014 relating to the acquisiton of Saperion affecting Other long-term liabilities $(0.4) million, Deferred tax liability, net $1.7 million and Goodwill $(1.3) million. The values above also include measurement period adjustments determined in 2013 related to the acquisition of Saperion affecting Deferred revenue $(0.1) million and Goodwill $0.1 million. The December 31, 2013 balances of Prepaid expenses and other current assets, Goodwill, Other assets, Accrued liabilities and Other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position have been adjusted to include the effect of the measurement period adjustments determined in 2014. The adjustments were based on facts and circumstances, primarily related to income tax matters, that existed at the date of acquisition.

 

The purchase of PACSGEAR is included in Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 in the amount of $52.3 million. Total cash acquired in the acquisition of PACSGEAR was $1.6 million.

 

The purchases of AccessVia and Twistage are included in Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 in the amount of $28.1 million. Total cash acquired in the acquisitions of AccessVia and Twistage was $0.9 million. The Company also acquired intangible assets in the form of non-compete agreements from certain employees of AccessVia and Twistage. These agreements were valued at $0.2 million and were recognized separately from the acquisitions.

 

The values in the table above include measurement period adjustments determined in 2013 related to the acquisitions of AccessVia and Twistage affecting Other current assets $0.2 million, Other current liabilities $0.1 million, Deferred tax liability, net $(1.8) million and Goodwill $1.5 million. The measurement period adjustments were based on information obtained subsequent to the acquisition related to certain income tax matters contemplated by the Company at the acquisition date.

 

Acquisition-related costs of approximately $1.7 million were charged directly to operations and were included in Selling, general and administrative on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2013. Acquisition-related costs include finder’s fees, legal, advisory, valuation, accounting, and other fees incurred to effect the business combination. Acquisition-related costs above do not include travel and integration expenses.

 

Because the current levels of revenue and net earnings for AccessVia, Twistage, Saperion and PACSGEAR are not material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings, supplemental pro forma and actual revenue and net earnings disclosures have been omitted.

 

2012

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company completed the following acquisitions:

 

 

 

Total purchase price, net of cash acquired

BDBG Enterprise Software (Lux) S.C.A. (“Brainware”)

 

$

147.1 

Acuo Technologies, LLC (“Acuo”)

 

 

40.5 

Nolij Corporation (“Nolij”) and ISYS Search Software Pty Ltd. (“ISYS”)

 

 

59.7 

Total

 

$

247.3 

 

Acquisition-related costs of approximately $4.9 million were charged directly to operations and were included in Selling, general and administrative on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2012. Acquisition-related costs include finder’s fees, legal, advisory, valuation, accounting, and other fees incurred to effect the business combination. Acquisition-related costs above do not include travel and integration expenses.

 

Table of Contents


Certain income tax-related contingencies related to Brainware totaling $5.7 million were recognized by the Company as of the acquisition date. The Company is indemnified for this matter in the purchase agreement for an amount not to exceed the proceeds actually received by the selling shareholders in consummation of the acquisition. An indemnification asset of $2.5 million was initially recognized and measured on the same basis as the indemnified item, taking into account factors such as collectability. The measurement of the indemnification asset is subject to changes in management’s assessment of changes in both the indemnified item and collectability. The indemnification asset was reduced by $0.8 million in 2014 and $0.6 million in 2013 commensurate with decreases in the related liability. The reductions of the indemnification asset were recorded in Other expense (income), net on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

 

The purchases of Brainware, Acuo, Nolij and ISYS are included in Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 in the amount of 245.4 million. Included in the purchase price for Nolij and ISYS is $1.9 million which is due to a former shareholder of Nolij. This amount is included in Cash and cash equivalents on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and is restricted in use as it is due to a former shareholder of Nolij. This amount has been recognized as a liability incurred to a former shareholder. The liability was increased by $0.2 million in 2013 when the portion of the purchase price placed in escrow upon acquisition was released.

 

Divestiture

 

In August 2012, the Company announced restructuring actions including exiting the development and manufacturing of its remaining inkjet hardware. On April 1, 2013, the Company and Funai Electric Co., Ltd. (“Funai”) entered into a Master Inkjet Sale Agreement of the Company’s inkjet-related technology and assets to Funai for total cash consideration of $100 million, subject to working capital adjustments. Included in the sale were one of the Company’s subsidiaries, certain intellectual property and other assets of the Company. The Company must also provide certain transition services to Funai and will continue to sell supplies for its current inkjet installed base. The sale closed in the second quarter of 2013.

 

In addition to the $100 million of cash consideration, the Company received a subsequent working capital adjustment of $0.9 million. The Company derecognized the following upon the sale:

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

2.3 

Inventories

 

3.0 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

0.2 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

27.8 

Goodwill

 

1.1 

Other assets

 

2.1 

Accounts payable

 

(1.9)

Accrued liabilities

 

(2.4)

Other liabilities

 

(2.6)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

(10.3)

Carrying value of disposal group

$

19.3 

 

The Company recognized a gain of $73.5 million upon the sale recorded in Gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2013. The gain consisted of total consideration of $100.9 million, offset partially by the carrying value of the disposal group of $19.3 million and $8.1 million of expenses incurred during 2013 to effect the sale. The net gain of $73.5 million consisted of a gain of $103.1 million, recognized in Imaging Solutions and Services (“ISS”), offset by a loss of $29.6 million, recognized in All other. In its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company incorrectly described the components of the net gain as being recognized entirely in ISS. The description has been corrected to reflect how the components were recognized in the Company’s segments. Refer to Note 20 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the Company’s segments. This correction had no effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flow and is considered immaterial to the prior period financial statements.

 

Of the $100.9 million of cash proceeds received, or $98.6 million net of the $2.3 million cash balance held by the subsidiary included in the sale, $97.6 million was presented in investing activities for the sale of the business and $1.0 million was included in operating activities for transition services on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Table of Contents


5.           RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

 

2012 Restructuring Actions

 

General

 

As part of Lexmark’s ongoing strategy to increase the focus of its talent and resources on higher usage business platforms, the Company announced restructuring actions (the “2012 Restructuring Actions”) on January 31 and August 28, 2012. These actions better align the Company’s sales, marketing and development resources, and align and reduce its support structure consistent with its focus on business customers. The 2012 Restructuring Actions include exiting the development and manufacturing of the Company’s remaining inkjet hardware, with reductions primarily in the areas of inkjet-related manufacturing, research and development, supply chain, marketing and sales as well as other support functions. The Company will continue to provide service, support and aftermarket supplies for its inkjet installed base. The Company expects these actions to be complete by the end of 2015.

 

The 2012 Restructuring Actions are expected to impact about 2,063 positions worldwide, including 300 manufacturing positions. The 2012 Restructuring Actions will result in total pre-tax charges of approximately $177.0 million, with $174.0 million incurred to date and approximately $3.0 million to be incurred in 2015. The Company expects the total cash costs of the 2012 Restructuring Actions to be approximately $102.2 million with $99.5 million incurred to date, and approximately $2.7 million remaining in 2015.

 

The Company expects to incur total charges related to the 2012 Restructuring Actions of approximately $134.4 million in ISS, $28.4 million in All other and $14.2 million in Perceptive Software.

 

In the second quarter of 2013, the Company sold inkjet-related technology and assets. Refer to Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

 

Impact to 2014, 2013 and 2012 Financial Results

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, charges for the 2012 Restructuring Actions were recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings as follows:

 

 

 

 

Selling,

Restructuring

Impact on

 

Restructuring-

Impact on

general and

and related

Operating

 

related costs

Gross profit

administrative

charges

Income

Accelerated depreciation charges

$

1.7 

$

1.7 

$

2.3 

$

 

$

4.0 

Excess components and other inventory-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

related charges

 

7.6 

 

7.6 

 

 

 

 

 

7.6 

Employee termination benefit charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.1 

 

13.1 

Contract termination and lease charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.9 

 

2.9 

Total restructuring charges

$

9.3 

$

9.3 

$

2.3 

$

16.0 

$

27.6 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, charges for the 2012 Restructuring Actions were recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings as follows:

 

 

 

 

Selling,

Restructuring

Impact on

 

Restructuring-

Impact on

general and

and related

Operating

 

related costs

Gross profit

administrative

charges

Income

Accelerated depreciation charges

$

5.6 

$

5.6 

$

5.5 

$

 

$

11.1 

Excess components and other inventory-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

related charges

 

15.8 

 

15.8 

 

 

 

 

 

15.8 

Employee termination benefit charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.2 

 

9.2 

Contract termination and lease charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.2)

 

(0.2)

Total restructuring charges

$

21.4 

$

21.4 

$

5.5 

$

9.0 

$

35.9 

 

Table of Contents


For the year ended December 31, 2012, charges for the 2012 Restructuring Actions were recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings as follows:

 

 

 

 

Selling,

Restructuring

Impact on

 

Restructuring-

Impact on

general and

and related

Operating

 

related costs

Gross profit

administrative

charges

Income

Accelerated depreciation charges

$

29.5 

$

29.5 

$

19.8 

$

 

$

49.3 

Impairment of long-lived assets held for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sale

 

0.6 

 

0.6 

 

 

 

 

 

0.6 

Excess components and other inventory-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

related charges

 

17.7 

 

17.7 

 

 

 

 

 

17.7 

Employee termination benefit charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1 

 

31.1 

Contract termination and lease charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2 

 

4.2 

Total restructuring charges

$

47.8 

$

47.8 

$

19.8 

$

35.3 

$

102.9 

 

The estimated useful lives of certain long-lived assets changed as a result of the Company’s decision to exit the development and manufacture of inkjet hardware. Accelerated depreciation and impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 for the 2012 Restructuring Actions and all of the other restructuring actions were determined in accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the impairment charges incurred were related to machinery and equipment located in Juarez, Mexico, which was held for sale as of December 31, 2012, and for which the current fair value had fallen below the carrying value.

 

The inventory-related charges incurred for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were determined in accordance with FASB guidance on inventory and were attributable to the decision to cease manufacturing of inkjet hardware.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred employee termination benefit charges, which include severance, medical and other benefits, and contract termination and lease charges. Charges for the 2012 Restructuring Actions and all of the other restructuring actions were recorded in accordance with FASB guidance on employers’ accounting for postemployment benefits and guidance on accounting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities, as appropriate. Amounts for employee termination benefits for the year ended December 31, 2013 included reversals driven by a change in assumptions regarding reductions in workforce, due to the inclusion of one of the Company’s subsidiaries in the sale of inkjet technology and related assets that closed in the second quarter of 2013.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred restructuring charges in connection with the 2012 Restructuring Actions in the Company’s segments as follows:

 

 

2014

2013

2012

ISS

$

14.1 

$

25.2 

$

84.7 

All other

 

2.9 

 

7.8 

 

17.5 

Perceptive Software

 

10.6 

 

2.9 

 

0.7 

Total charges

$

27.6 

$

35.9 

$

102.9 

 

Liability Rollforward

 

The following table represents a rollforward of the liability incurred for employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease charges in connection with the 2012 Restructuring Actions. The total restructuring liability as of December 31, 2014 is included in Accrued liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

 

Table of Contents


 

 

 

Contract

 

 

 

Employee

Termination

 

 

 

Termination

& Lease

 

 

Benefits

Charges

Total

Balance at January 1, 2012

$

3.1 

$

 

$

3.1 

    Costs incurred

 

31.3 

 

4.7 

 

36.0 

    Reversals (1)

 

(0.2)

 

(0.5)

 

(0.7)

Total restructuring charges, net

 

31.1 

 

4.2 

 

35.3 

    Payments & Other (2)

 

(16.4)

 

(3.9)

 

(20.3)

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

17.8 

 

0.3 

 

18.1 

    Costs incurred

 

14.4 

 

 

 

14.4 

    Reversals (1)

 

(5.2)

 

(0.2)

 

(5.4)

Total restructuring charges, net

 

9.2 

 

(0.2)

 

9.0 

    Payments & Other (2)

 

(17.1)

 

(0.1)

 

(17.2)

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

9.9 

 

 

 

9.9 

    Costs incurred

 

14.2 

 

3.0 

 

17.2 

    Reversals (1)

 

(1.1)

 

(0.1)

 

(1.2)

Total restructuring charges, net

 

13.1 

 

2.9 

 

16.0 

    Payments & Other (2)

 

(12.2)

 

(0.3)

 

(12.5)

Balance at December 31, 2014

$

10.8 

$

2.6 

$

13.4 

 

(1) Reversals due to changes in estimates for employee termination benefits.

(2) Other consists of changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations.

 

Summary of Other Restructuring Actions

 

General

 

In response to global economic weakening, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of its operations, enhance the efficiency of the Company’s inkjet cartridge manufacturing operations and to reduce the Company’s business support cost and expense structure, the Company announced various restructuring actions (“Other Restructuring Actions”) from 2006 to October 2009. The Other Restructuring Actions included closing the Company’s inkjet supplies manufacturing facilities in Mexico, consolidating its cartridge manufacturing capacity, as well as impacting positions in the Company’s general and administrative functions, supply chain and sales support, marketing and sales management and consolidating the Company’s research and development programs. In 2014 and 2013, employee termination benefit charges were incurred for actions that were not a part of an announced plan. The Other Restructuring Actions are considered substantially completed and any remaining charges to be incurred from these actions are expected to be immaterial.

 

Impact to 2014, 2013 and 2012 Financial Results

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, charges for the Company’s Other Restructuring Actions were recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings as follows:

 

 

Restructuring

Impact on

 

and related

Operating

 

charges

Income

Employee termination benefit charges

$

1.1 

$

1.1 

Contract termination and lease charges

 

0.8 

 

0.8 

Total restructuring charges

$

1.9 

$

1.9 

 

Table of Contents


For the year ended December 31, 2013, charges for the Company’s Other Restructuring Actions were recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings as follows:

 

 

Restructuring

Impact on

 

and related

Operating

 

charges

Income

Employee termination benefit charges

$

1.9 

$

1.9 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012, charges (reversals) for the Company’s Other Restructuring Actions were recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings as follows:

 

 

Selling, general

Restructuring

Impact on

 

and

and related

Operating

 

administrative

charges

Income

Accelerated depreciation charges

$

0.1 

$

 

$

0.1 

Impairment of long-lived assets held for sale

 

1.5 

 

 

 

1.5 

Employee termination benefit charges (reversals)

 

 

 

(0.1)

 

(0.1)

Contract termination and lease charges

 

 

 

0.9 

 

0.9 

Total restructuring charges

$

1.6 

$

0.8 

$

2.4 

 

The impairment charges recorded in 2012 are related to the Company’s site in Boigny, France held for sale for which the current fair value had fallen below the carrying value.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company incurred restructuring charges in connection with the Other Restructuring Actions in the Company’s segments as follows:

 

 

2014

2013

2012

ISS

$

0.9 

$

 

$

0.8 

All other

 

0.6 

 

0.1 

 

1.6 

Perceptive Software

 

0.4 

 

1.8 

 

 

Total charges

$

1.9 

$

1.9 

$

2.4 

 

 

Table of Contents


Liability Rollforward

 

The following table represents a rollforward of the liability incurred for employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease charges in connection with the Company’s Other Restructuring Actions.

 

 

 

 

Contract

 

 

 

Employee

Termination

 

 

 

Termination

& Lease

 

 

Benefits

Charges

Total

Balance at January 1, 2012

$

7.3 

$

 

$

7.3 

    Costs incurred

 

0.6 

 

0.9 

 

1.5 

    Reversals (1)

 

(1.0)

 

 

 

(1.0)

Total restructuring charges, net

 

(0.4)

 

0.9 

 

0.5 

    Payments & Other (2)

 

(4.1)

 

(0.2)

 

(4.3)

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

2.8 

 

0.7 

 

3.5 

    Costs incurred

 

2.0 

 

 

 

2.0 

    Reversals (1)

 

(0.1)

 

 

 

(0.1)

Total restructuring charges, net

 

1.9 

 

 

 

1.9 

    Payments & Other (2)

 

(3.3)

 

(0.6)

 

(3.9)

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

1.4 

 

0.1 

 

1.5 

    Costs incurred

 

1.3 

 

0.8 

 

2.1 

    Reversals (1)

 

(0.2)

 

 

 

(0.2)

Total restructuring charges, net

 

1.1 

 

0.8 

 

1.9 

    Payments & Other (2)

 

(2.5)

 

(0.9)

 

(3.4)

Balance at December 31, 2014

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

(1) Reversals due to changes in estimates for employee termination benefits.

(2) Other consists of changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations.

 

6.           STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

Lexmark has various stock incentive plans to encourage employees and nonemployee directors to remain with the Company and to more closely align their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders. As of December 31, 2014, awards under the programs consisted of stock options, RSUs, and DSUs, as well as DEUs. The Company currently issues the majority of shares related to its stock incentive plans from the Company’s authorized and unissued shares of Class A Common Stock. Approximately 59.0 million shares of Class A Common Stock have been authorized for these stock incentive plans. The Company also grants cash-based long-term incentive awards based on the Company’s relative total shareholder return.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred pre-tax stock-based compensation expense of $30.5 million, $28.3 million and $23.9 million, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, $2.6 million, $1.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively, was recognized for the cash-based long-term incentive awards and is included in pre-tax stock-based compensation expense.

 

 

The following table presents a breakout of the stock-based compensation expense recognized for the years ended December 31:

 

 

2014

2013

2012

Cost of revenue

$

1.8 

$

2.3 

$

2.1 

Research and development

 

5.5 

 

3.6 

 

4.1 

Selling, general and administrative

 

23.2 

 

22.4 

 

17.7 

Stock-based compensation expense before income taxes

 

30.5 

 

28.3 

 

23.9 

Income tax benefit

 

(11.5)

 

(10.6)

 

(9.2)

Stock-based compensation expense after income taxes

$

19.0 

$

17.7 

$

14.7 

 

Stock Options

 

Generally, stock options expire ten years from the date of grant. No stock options were granted during 2014, 2013, or 2012.

 

Table of Contents


A summary of the status of the Company’s stock-based compensation plans as of December 31, 2014 and the change during the year is presented below:

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

Average

 

 

 

Average

Remaining

Aggregate

 

Options

Exercise Price

Contractual Life

Intrinsic Value

 

(In Millions)

(Per Share)

(Years)

(In Millions)

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

3.3 

$

60.40 

2.2 

$

11.2 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

(0.4)

 

33.12 

 

 

 

Forfeited or canceled

(1.1)

 

77.68 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

1.8 

 

54.63 

2.0 

 

12.3 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014

1.8 

 

54.39 

2.0 

 

12.5 

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

1.7 

$

57.81 

1.8 

$

8.8 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the total intrinsic value of options exercised was $3.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the total intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the total intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.3 million. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $0.3 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options that will be recognized over the weighted average period of 0.4 years.

 

Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock Units

 

Lexmark has granted RSUs with various vesting periods and generally these awards vest based upon continued service with the Company or continued service on the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has issued DSUs to certain members of management who elected to defer all or a portion of their annual bonus into such units and to certain nonemployee directors who elected to defer all or a portion of their annual retainer, committee retainer and/or chair retainer into such units. These DSUs are 100% vested when issued. The Company has also issued supplemental DSUs to certain members of management upon the election to defer all or a portion of an annual bonus into DSUs. These supplemental DSUs vest at the end of five years based upon continued employment with the Company. The cost of the RSUs and supplemental DSUs, generally determined to be the fair market value of the shares at the date of grant, is charged to compensation expense ratably over the vesting period of the award.

 

During 2014, a certain number of executive officers of the Company were also granted additional RSU awards having a performance condition, which could range from 22,175 RSUs to 177,400 RSUs depending on the level of achievement. The performance measure selected to indicate the level of achievement was return on invested capital compared to the S&P Mid-Cap Technology Index. The performance period for the awards is 3 years ending on December 31, 2016. The expense for these awards is being accrued at target level. A certain number of executive officers of the Company were also granted additional RSU awards having a performance condition, which could range from 22,200 RSUs to 88,800 RSUs depending on the level of achievement. The performance measure selected to indicate the level of achievement was services and software revenue. The performance period for the awards is 1 year ending on December 31, 2014. The expense for these awards was recognized at target level. The table below includes both awards at the target level of RSUs.

 

During 2013, a certain number of executive officers of the Company were also granted additional RSU awards having a performance condition, which could range from 37,100 RSUs to 296,800 RSUs depending on the level of achievement. The performance measure selected to indicate the level of achievement was return on invested capital compared to the S&P Mid-Cap Technology Index. The performance period for the awards is 3 years ending on December 31, 2015. The expense for these awards is being accrued at target level. The table below includes the awards at the target level of RSUs.

 

During 2012, a certain number of executive officers of the Company were also granted additional RSU awards having a performance condition, which could range from 27,350 RSUs to 218,800 RSUs depending on the level of achievement. The performance measure selected to indicate the level of achievement was return on invested capital compared to the S&P 500 Technology Index. The performance period for the award is 3 years and ended on December 31, 2014. The expense for these awards is recognized at target level. The table below includes the awards at the target level of RSUs.

 

 

Table of Contents


A summary of the status of the Company’s RSU and DSU grants as of December 31, 2014 and the changes during the year is presented below:

 

 

 

Weighted

Weighted

 

 

 

Average

Average

 

 

 

Grant Date

Remaining

Aggregate

 

Units

Fair Value

Contractual Life

Intrinsic Value

 

(In Millions)

(Per Share)

(Years)

(In Millions)

RSUs and DSUs at December 31, 2013

2.8 

$

30.71 

1.6 

$

100.5 

Granted

0.7 

 

41.21 

 

 

 

Vested

(0.8)

 

34.11 

 

 

 

Forfeited or canceled

(0.1)

 

32.52 

 

 

 

RSUs and DSUs at December 31, 2014

2.6 

$

32.81 

1.4 

$

108.5 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the total fair value of RSUs and DSUs that vested was $34.2 million. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $41.0 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to RSUs and DSUs that will be recognized over the weighted average period of 2.2 years.

 

7.          MARKETABLE SECURITIES

 

The Company evaluates its marketable securities in accordance with authoritative guidance on accounting for investments in debt and equity securities, and has determined that all of its investments in marketable securities should be classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The fair values of the Company’s available-for-sale marketable securities may be based on quoted market prices or other observable market data, discounted cash flow analyses, or in some cases, the Company’s amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

 

Money market funds included in Cash and cash equivalents on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position are excluded from the information contained in this Note. Refer to Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding these investments.

 

Details about the Company’s available-for-sale Marketable securities, including gross unrealized gains and losses, as of December 31, 2014 are provided below:

 

 

 

Gross

Gross

 

 

Amortized

Unrealized

Unrealized

Estimated Fair

 

Cost

Gains

Losses

Value

Corporate debt securities

$

290.9 

$

0.6 

$

(0.5)

$

291.0 

Government and agency debt securities

 

281.2 

 

0.1 

 

(0.3)

 

281.0 

Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities

 

59.3 

 

0.3 

 

(0.1)

 

59.5 

Total security investments

 

631.4 

 

1.0 

 

(0.9)

 

631.5 

Cash equivalents

 

(6.9)

 

 

 

 

 

(6.9)

Total marketable securities

$

624.5 

$

1.0 

$

(0.9)

$

624.6 

 

Table of Contents


Details about the Company’s available-for-sale Marketable securities, including gross unrealized gains and losses, as of December 31, 2013 are provided below:

 

 

 

Gross

Gross

 

 

Amortized

Unrealized

Unrealized

Estimated Fair

 

Cost

Gains

Losses

Value

Auction rate securities - municipal debt

$

3.8 

$

 

$

(0.4)

$

3.4 

Corporate debt securities

 

360.7 

 

1.6 

 

(0.2)

 

362.1 

Government and agency debt securities

 

358.2 

 

0.2 

 

(0.1)

 

358.3 

Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities

 

73.2 

 

0.5 

 

(0.1)

 

73.6 

Total debt securities

 

795.9 

 

2.3 

 

(0.8)

 

797.4 

Auction rate securities - preferred

 

4.0 

 

 

 

(0.7)

 

3.3 

Total security investments

 

799.9 

 

2.3 

 

(1.5)

 

800.7 

Cash equivalents

 

(12.5)

 

 

 

 

 

(12.5)

Total marketable securities

$

787.4 

$

2.3 

$

(1.5)

$

788.2 

 

Although contractual maturities of the Company’s investment in debt securities may be greater than one year, the investments are classified as Current assets in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position due to the Company’s ability to use these investments for current liquidity needs if required. As of December 31, 2013, auction rate securities of $6.7 million were classified as noncurrent assets because the securities had experienced unsuccessful auctions and poor debt market conditions had reduced the likelihood that the securities would successfully auction within the next 12 months, and were valued based on facts and circumstances that existed at that date. The Company’s auction rate preferred stock and municipal auction rate security investments were fully redeemed at par in 2014.

 

The contractual maturities of the Company’s available-for-sale marketable securities noted above are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from final contractual maturities for certain securities that allow for call or prepayment provisions. Proceeds from calls and prepayments are included in Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

 

 

2014

2013

 

Amortized

Estimated Fair

Amortized

Estimated Fair

 

Cost

Value

Cost

Value

Due in less than one year

$

109.0 

$

109.0 

$

160.4 

$

160.6 

Due in one to five years

 

510.9 

 

510.7 

 

621.1 

 

622.2 

Due after five years

 

11.5 

 

11.8 

 

18.4 

 

17.9 

Total available-for-sale marketable securities

$

631.4 

$

631.5 

$

799.9 

$

800.7 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company recognized $2.9 million, $1.3 million, and $4.2 million, respectively, in net gains on its marketable securities, included in Other expense (income), net on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The amount in 2014 includes a gain of $1.3 million on the Company’s previously held investment in shares of ReadSoft, which were purchased in 2014 and marked to fair value on the acquisition date. Refer to Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information. Other amounts recognized in all periods represent realized gains due to sales and maturities. The Company uses the specific identification method when accounting for the costs of its available-for-sale marketable securities sold.

 

Impairment

 

The FASB guidance on the recognition and presentation of OTTI requires that credit-related OTTI on debt securities be recognized in earnings while noncredit-related OTTI of debt securities not expected to be sold be recognized in other comprehensive income. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company incurred no OTTI on its debt securities. As of December 31, 2014, amounts related to credit losses for which a portion of total OTTI was recognized in other comprehensive income were immaterial for disclosure.

 

The following tables provide information about the Company’s marketable securities with gross unrealized losses for which no other-than-temporary impairment has been incurred and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position. The pre-tax gross unrealized losses below are recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

 

Table of Contents


December 31, 2014

 

 

Less than 12 Months

12 Months or More

Total

 

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

 

Value

Loss

Value

Loss

Value

Loss

Corporate debt securities

$

154.9 

$

(0.5)

$

 

$

 

$

154.9 

$

(0.5)

Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities

 

44.2 

 

(0.1)

 

0.7 

 

 

 

44.9 

 

(0.1)

Government and agency debt securities

 

184.6 

 

(0.3)

 

 

 

 

 

184.6 

 

(0.3)

Total

$

383.7 

$

(0.9)

$

0.7 

$

 

$

384.4 

$

(0.9)

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Less than 12 Months

12 Months or More

Total

 

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

 

Value

Loss

Value

Loss

Value

Loss

Auction rate securities

$

 

$

 

$

6.7 

$

(1.1)

$

6.7 

$

(1.1)

Corporate debt securities

 

85.7 

 

(0.2)

 

1.2 

 

 

 

86.9 

 

(0.2)

Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities

 

43.4 

 

(0.1)

 

0.1 

 

 

 

43.5 

 

(0.1)

Government and agency debt securities

 

158.5 

 

(0.1)

 

 

 

 

 

158.5 

 

(0.1)

Total

$

287.6 

$

(0.4)

$

8.0 

$

(1.1)

$

295.6 

$

(1.5)

 

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, none of the Company’s marketable securities for which OTTI has been incurred were in an unrealized loss position.

 

Corporate Debt Securities

 

Unrealized losses on the Company’s corporate debt securities are attributable to current economic conditions and are not due to credit quality. Because the Company does not intend to sell and will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of their net book values, which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider securities in its corporate debt portfolio to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

 

Asset-Backed and Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

Credit losses for the asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities are derived by examining the significant drivers that affect loan performance such as pre-payment speeds, default rates, and current loan status. These drivers are used to apply specific assumptions to each security and are further divided in order to separate the underlying collateral into distinct groups based on loan performance characteristics. For instance, more weight is placed on higher risk categories such as collateral that exhibits higher than normal default rates, those loans originated in high risk states where home appreciation has suffered the most severe correction, and those loans which exhibit longer delinquency rates. Based on these characteristics, collateral-specific assumptions are applied to build a model to project future cash flows expected to be collected. These cash flows are then discounted at the current yield used to accrete the beneficial interest, which approximates the effective interest rate implicit in the bond at the date of acquisition for those securities purchased at par. The unrealized losses on the Company’s remaining asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities are due to constraints in market liquidity for certain portions of these sectors in which the Company has investments, and are not due to credit quality. Because the Company does not intend to sell and will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of their net book values, the Company does not consider the remainder of its asset-backed and mortgage-backed debt portfolio to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

 

Government and Agency Securities

 

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in government and agency securities are the result of interest rate effects. Because the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the securities before recovery of their net book values, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

 

Table of Contents


8.           TRADE RECEIVABLES

 

The Company’s trade receivables are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position net of allowances for doubtful accounts and product returns. Trade receivables consisted of the following at December 31:

 

 

2014

2013

Gross trade receivables

$

443.8 

$

477.0 

Allowances

 

(22.2)

 

(24.7)

Trade receivables, net

$

421.6 

$

452.3 

 

In the U.S., the Company and Perceptive Software, LLC transfer a majority of their receivables to a wholly-owned subsidiary, Lexmark Receivables Corporation (“LRC”), which then may transfer the receivables on a limited recourse basis to an unrelated third party. The financial results of LRC are included in the Company’s consolidated financial results since it is a wholly-owned subsidiary. LRC is a separate legal entity with its own separate creditors who, in a liquidation of LRC, would be entitled to be satisfied out of LRC’s assets prior to any value in LRC becoming available for equity claims of the Company. The Company accounts for transfers of receivables from LRC to the unrelated third party as a secured borrowing with the pledge of its receivables as collateral since LRC has the ability to repurchase the receivables interests at a determinable price.

 

In October 2014, the trade receivables facility was amended by extending the term of the facility to October 7, 2016. The maximum capital availability under the facility remains at $125 million under the amended agreement. There were no secured borrowings outstanding under the trade receivables facility at December 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013.

 

This facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants as well as specific provisions related to the quality of the accounts receivables transferred. As collections reduce previously transferred receivables, the Company and Perceptive Software, LLC may replenish these with new receivables. Lexmark and Perceptive Software, LLC bear a limited risk of bad debt losses on the trade receivables transferred, since the Company and Perceptive Software, LLC over-collateralize the receivables transferred with additional eligible receivables. Lexmark and Perceptive Software, LLC address this risk of loss in the allowance for doubtful accounts. Receivables transferred to the unrelated third-party may not include amounts over 90 days past due or concentrations over certain limits with any one customer. The facility also contains customary cash control triggering events which, if triggered, could adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and/or its ability to obtain secured borrowings. A downgrade in the Company’s credit rating would reduce the amount of secured borrowings available under the facility.

 

Expenses incurred under this program totaled $0.6 million, $0.5 million, and $0.5 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The expenses are included in Interest (income) expense, net on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings in 2014, 2013, and 2012.

 

9.           INVENTORIES

 

In the first quarter of 2014, the Company changed the classification of certain of its inventory balances between Work in process and Finished goods to more appropriately reflect the nature of inventory in the production process. Additionally, while the Company’s previous policy was to consider all raw materials to be in production upon their receipt, the Company has begun to maintain certain raw materials on hand to preserve continuity of the production process when necessary. The reclassifications had no effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flow and are considered immaterial to the prior period financial statements. The effects of the reclassifications as of December 31, 2013 increased Raw materials by $22.3 million and decreased Work in process and Finished goods by $3.8 million and $18.5 million, respectively. The values shown in the table below reflect these reclassifications.

 

Inventories consist of the following at December 31:

 

 

2014 

 

2013 

Raw materials

$

29.8 

 

$

22.3 

Work in process

 

31.4 

 

 

20.3 

Finished goods

 

191.8 

 

 

225.6 

Inventories

$

253.0 

 

$

268.2 

 

Table of Contents


10.           PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

 

 

Useful Lives (Years)

2014

2013

Land and improvements

20

$

35.4 

$

34.4 

Buildings and improvements

10-35

 

552.3 

 

554.0 

Machinery and equipment

2-10

 

610.2 

 

639.4 

Information systems

3

 

129.2 

 

135.4 

Internal-use software

3-5

 

484.8 

 

514.5 

Leased products

2-7

 

147.3 

 

133.9 

Furniture and other

7

 

62.5 

 

60.1 

 

 

 

2,021.7 

 

2,071.7 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(1,235.6)

 

(1,259.3)

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

786.1 

$

812.4 

 

In 2013 the Company derecognized certain assets upon the sale of its Inkjet-related technology and assets to a third party. Refer to Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the divestiture.

 

Depreciation expense was $184.5 million, $189.3 million and $229.6 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Leased products refers to hardware leased by Lexmark to certain customers as part of the Company’s ISS operations. The cost of the hardware is amortized over the life of the contracts, which have been classified as operating leases based on the terms of the arrangements. The accumulated depreciation related to the Company’s leased products was $88.9 million and $89.7 million at year-end 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

The Company accounts for its internal-use software, an intangible asset by nature, in Property, plant and equipment, net on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Amortization expense related to internal-use software is included in the depreciation expense values shown above and was $80.7 million, $80.8 million and $69.3 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The net carrying amounts of internal-use software at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $164.2 million and $209.7 million, respectively. The following table summarizes the estimated future amortization expense for internal-use software currently being amortized.

 

Fiscal year:

 

 

2015

$

59.1 

2016

 

36.1 

2017

 

25.0 

2018

 

15.1 

2019

 

4.7 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

$

140.0 

 

The table above does not include future amortization expense for internal-use software that is not currently being amortized because the assets are not ready for their intended use.

 

Accelerated depreciation and disposal of long-lived assets

 

The Company’s restructuring actions have resulted in shortened estimated useful lives of certain machinery and equipment and buildings and subsequent disposal of machinery and equipment no longer in use. Refer to Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of these actions and the impact on earnings.

 

Table of Contents


11.          GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

As discussed in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements the disclosures of goodwill and intangible assets shown below include preliminary amounts that are subject to measurement period adjustments.

 

Goodwill

 

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for each reportable segment and in total during 2014 and 2013.

 

 

ISS

 

Perceptive Software

 

Total

Balance at January 1, 2013

$

23.2 

 

$

355.5 

 

$

378.7 

Goodwill acquired during the period

 

 

 

 

78.0 

 

 

78.0 

Goodwill disposed during the period upon sale of business

 

(1.1)

 

 

 

 

 

(1.1)

Foreign currency translation

 

(1.3)

 

 

0.4 

 

 

(0.9)

Balance at December 31, 2013

$

20.8 

 

$

433.9 

 

$

454.7 

Goodwill acquired during the period

 

 

 

 

180.9 

 

 

180.9 

Foreign currency translation

 

(2.0)

 

 

(27.8)

 

 

(29.8)

Balance at December 31, 2014

$

18.8 

 

$

587.0 

 

$

605.8 

 

The Company has recorded $180.9 million of goodwill related to the acquisitions of ReadSoft and GNAX Health, including the $3.7 million net impact of measurement period adjustments determined subsequent to the acquisition of ReadSoft, related to facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. Measurement period adjustments determined in 2014 related to the Company’s acquisition of Saperion in the third quarter of 2013 were applied retrospectively, reducing the balance of goodwill at December 31, 2013 by $1.3 million. The goodwill balance was reduced in 2013 by $1.1 million upon the sale of the inkjet-related technology and assets. Refer to Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details regarding business combinations occurring during 2014, 2013, and 2012, as well as information related to divestitures. The Company does not have any accumulated impairment charges as of December 31, 2014.

 

Intangible Assets

 

The following table summarizes the gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets.

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

Accum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accum

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Amort

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Amort

 

Net

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer relationships

$

141.3 

 

$

(51.7)

 

$

89.6 

 

$

117.7 

 

$

(34.6)

 

$

83.1 

Non-compete agreements

 

2.8 

 

 

(2.6)

 

 

0.2 

 

 

2.8 

 

 

(2.3)

 

 

0.5 

Technology and patents

 

291.5 

 

 

(151.7)

 

 

139.8 

 

 

243.4 

 

 

(104.5)

 

 

138.9 

Trade names and trademarks

 

50.0 

 

 

(16.9)

 

 

33.1 

 

 

42.8 

 

 

(7.8)

 

 

35.0 

Total

 

485.6 

 

 

(222.9)

 

 

262.7 

 

 

406.7 

 

 

(149.2)

 

 

257.5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets not subject to amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In-process technology

 

1.6 

 

 

 

 

 

1.6 

 

 

0.5 

 

 

 

 

 

0.5 

Total

 

1.6 

 

 

 

 

 

1.6 

 

 

0.5 

 

 

 

 

 

0.5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

$

487.2 

 

$

(222.9)

 

$

264.3 

 

$

407.2 

 

$

(149.2)

 

$

258.0 

 

Intangible assets acquired in a transaction accounted for as a business combination are initially recognized at fair value. Intangible assets acquired in a transaction accounted for as an asset acquisition are initially recognized at cost. Of the $487.2 million gross carrying amount at December 31, 2014, $465.7 million were acquired in transactions accounted for as business combinations, $0.7 million consisted of negotiated non-compete agreements recognized separately from a business combination and $20.8 million were acquired in transactions accounted for as asset acquisitions.

 

The year-to-date increases in the intangible assets above were driven by business combinations discussed in Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $75.5 million, $59.2 million, and $44.3

Table of Contents


million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The following table summarizes the estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets that are currently being amortized.

 

Fiscal year:

 

 

2015

$

73.4 

2016

 

64.7 

2017

 

49.0 

2018

 

35.7 

2019

 

16.9 

Thereafter

 

23.0 

Total

$

262.7 

 

In-process technology refers to research and development efforts that were in process on the dates the Company acquired Saperion and ReadSoft. Under the accounting guidance for intangible assets, in-process research and development acquired in a business combination is considered an indefinite lived asset until completion or abandonment of the associated research and development efforts. The Company begins amortizing its in-process technology assets upon completion of the projects.

 

The Company reevaluated the indefinite useful life assumption for its Perceptive Software trade name asset in 2013 as required under the accounting guidance for indefinite-lived intangible assets. The asset, which was originally valued at $32.3 million, was deemed to no longer have an indefinite useful life following changes in management’s expected use of the name as evidenced by the centralization of the Company’s marketing organization across ISS and Perceptive Software during the fourth quarter of 2013. Accordingly, the Company commenced amortization over the asset’s estimated useful life. The Company’s expected use of its acquired trade names and trademarks could change in future periods as the Company considers alternatives for going to market with its acquired software and solutions products.

 

The Company accounts for its internal-use software, an intangible asset by nature, in Property, plant and equipment, net on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Refer to Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosures regarding internal-use software.

 

12.          ACCRUED LIABILITIES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

 

Accrued liabilities, in the current liabilities section of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, consisted of the following at December 31:

 

 

2014

2013

Deferred revenue

$

208.8 

$

175.0 

Compensation

 

133.4 

 

161.5 

Copyright fees

 

56.3 

 

64.0 

Marketing programs

 

57.5 

 

70.8 

Other

 

222.5 

 

201.1 

Accrued liabilities

$

678.5 

$

672.4 

 

The $6.1 million increase in Accrued liabilities was primarily driven by a $33.8 million increase in Deferred revenue, due partially to the purchase of ReadSoft (refer to Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information) and partially to increased software and service contracts. An additional increase of $11.8 million, included in Other, was due to cash flow hedging activities which began in late 2014 (refer to Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information).  These increases were partially offset by decreases in Compensation accruals of $28.1 million and Marketing programs of $13.3 million. Accrued compensation decreased primarily due to a legal settlement payout in 2014 of $14.4 million and approximately $16 million due to a decrease in the required number of accrued payroll days for the U.S. in 2014. Marketing programs decreased due to lower payout for claims in 2014.

 

Table of Contents


Changes in the Company’s warranty liability for standard warranties and deferred revenue for extended warranties are presented in the tables below:

 

Warranty liability:

 

 

 

 

 

2014

2013

Balance at January 1

$

30.5 

$

46.7 

Accruals for warranties issued

 

58.3 

 

62.6 

Accruals related to pre-existing warranties (including

 

 

 

 

changes in estimates)

 

2.8 

 

(9.5)

Settlements made (in cash or in kind)

 

(69.2)

 

(69.3)

Balance at December 31

$

22.4 

$

30.5 

 

Deferred service revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

2014

2013

Balance at January 1

$

179.9 

$

192.0 

Revenue deferred for new extended warranty contracts

 

93.8 

 

76.1 

Revenue recognized

 

(93.4)

 

(88.2)

Balance at December 31

$

180.3 

$

179.9 

Current portion

 

77.5 

 

80.3 

Non-current portion

 

102.8 

 

99.6 

Balance at December 31

$

180.3 

$

179.9 

 

The table above includes separately priced extended warranty and product maintenance contracts.  It does not include software and other elements of the Company’s deferred revenue. The short-term portion of warranty and the short-term portion of extended warranty are included in Accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Both the long-term portion of warranty and the long-term portion of extended warranty are included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The split between the short-term and long-term portion of the warranty liability is not disclosed separately above due to immaterial amounts in the long-term portion.

 

Other liabilities, in the noncurrent liabilities section of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, consisted of the following at December 31:

 

 

2014

2013

Pension and other postretirement benefits

$

196.5 

$

154.6 

Deferred revenue

 

140.3 

 

135.8 

Other

 

122.0 

 

111.5 

Other liabilities

$

458.8 

$

401.9 

 

The $56.9 million increase in Other liabilities was driven by the $41.9 million increase in pension and other postretirement benefits liability due to a decrease in the discount rate and change in actuarial assumption as to plan participants’ life expectancy. Refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information related to pension and other postretirement plans. Long-term deferred tax liabilities increased $12.2 million, see Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

13.           DEBT

 

Senior Notes – Long-term Debt

 

In March 2013, the Company completed a public debt offering of $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of fixed rate senior unsecured notes. The notes with an aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million and 5.125% coupon were priced at 99.998% to have an effective yield to maturity of 5.125% and will mature March 15, 2020 (referred to as the “2020 senior notes”). The 2020 senior notes will rank equally with all existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The notes from the May 2008 public debt offering with an aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million and 6.65% coupon were priced at 99.73% to have an effective yield to maturity of 6.687% and will mature June 1, 2018 (referred to as the “2018 senior notes”). At December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance of long-term debt was $699.7 million (net of unamortized discount of $0.3 million).  At December 31, 2013, the outstanding balance was $699.6 million (net of unamortized discount of $0.4 million).

 

Table of Contents


The 2020 senior notes pay interest on March 15 and September 15 of each year. The 2018 senior notes pay interest on June 1 and December 1 of each year. The interest rate payable on the notes of each series is subject to adjustments from time to time if either Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services downgrades the debt rating assigned to the notes to a level below investment grade, or subsequently upgrades the ratings.

 

The senior notes contain typical restrictions on liens, sale leaseback transactions, mergers and sales of assets. There are no sinking fund requirements on the senior notes and they may be redeemed at any time at the option of the Company, at a redemption price as described in the related indenture agreements, as supplemented and amended, in whole or in part. If a “change of control triggering event” as defined below occurs, the Company will be required to make an offer to repurchase the notes in cash from the holders at a price equal to 101% of their aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of repurchase. A “change of control triggering event” is defined as the occurrence of both a change of control and a downgrade in the debt rating assigned to the notes to a level below investment grade.

 

In March 2013, the Company repaid its $350.0 million principal amount of 5.90% senior notes that were due on June 1, 2013 (referred to as the “2013 senior notes”). For the year ended December 31, 2013, a loss of $3.3 million was recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, related to $3.2 million of premium paid upon repayment and $0.1 million related to the write-off of related debt issuance costs.

 

The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the 2020 senior notes offering to extinguish the 2013 senior notes and used the remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including to fund share repurchases, fund dividends, finance acquisitions, finance capital expenditures and operating expenses, and invest in subsidiaries.

 

Credit Facility

 

Effective February 5, 2014, Lexmark amended its current $350 million 5-year senior, unsecured, multicurrency revolving credit facility, entered into on January 18, 2012, by increasing its size to $500 million. In addition, the maturity date of the amended credit facility was extended to February 5, 2019.

 

The facility provides for the availability of swingline loans and multicurrency letters of credit. Under certain circumstances and subject to certain conditions, the aggregate amount available under the facility may be increased to a maximum of $650 million. Interest on all borrowings under the facility is determined based upon either the Adjusted Base Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, in each case plus a margin that is adjusted on the basis of a combination of the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio and the Company’s index debt rating.

 

The amended credit facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and also contains certain financial covenants, including those relating to a minimum interest coverage ratio of not less than 3.0 to 1.0 and a maximum leverage ratio of not more than 3.0 to 1.0 as defined in the agreement. The amended credit facility also limits, among other things, the Company’s indebtedness, liens and fundamental changes to its structure and business. The Company was in compliance with all covenants and other requirements set forth in the facility agreement at December 31, 2014.

 

At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility.

 

Other

 

Total cash paid for interest on the debt facilities amounted to $42.0 million, $39.1 million, and $42.3 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The cash paid for interest amount of $39.1 million for 2013 does not include the premium paid upon repayment of the Company’s 2013 senior notes of $3.2 million and the write-off of related debt issuance costs of $0.1 million.

 

The components of Interest (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings are as follows:

 

 

2014

2013

2012

Interest (income)

$

(10.9)

$

(11.0)

$

(13.0)

Interest expense

 

42.5 

 

44.0 

 

42.6 

Total

$

31.6 

$

33.0 

$

29.6 

 

The Company had no capitalized interest costs in 2014 and 2013. The Company capitalized interest costs of $0.3 million in 2012.

 

Table of Contents


14.           INCOME TAXES

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

The Provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

 

2014

2013

2012

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

$

28.4 

$

32.9 

$

27.3 

Non-US

 

8.4 

 

26.9 

 

10.0 

State and local

 

7.1 

 

10.2 

 

6.5 

Total current

 

43.9 

 

70.0 

 

43.8 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(7.7)

 

25.9 

 

10.7 

Non-US

 

(3.2)

 

12.8 

 

2.4 

State and local

 

1.3 

 

(2.1)

 

(2.1)

Total deferred

 

(9.6)

 

36.6 

 

11.0 

Provision for income taxes

$

34.3 

$

106.6 

$

54.8 

 

Earnings before income taxes were as follows:

 

 

2014

2013

2012

U.S.

$

77.8 

$

210.4 

$

111.2 

Non-U.S.

 

35.6 

 

158.0 

 

51.2 

Earnings before income taxes

$

113.4 

$

368.4 

$

162.4 

 

The Company realized an income tax benefit from the exercise of certain stock options and/or vesting of certain RSUs and DSUs in 2014, 2013, and 2012 of $12.7 million, $7.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively. This benefit resulted in a decrease in current income taxes payable.

 

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes using the U.S. statutory rate and the Company’s effective tax rate was as follows:

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Amount

%

 

Amount

%

 

Amount

%

Provision for income taxes at statutory rate

$

39.7 

35.0 

%

 

$

128.9 

35.0 

%

 

$

56.9 

35.0 

%

State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

4.8 

4.3 

 

 

 

9.6 

2.6 

 

 

 

4.0 

2.5 

 

Foreign tax differential

 

(11.4)

(10.1)

 

 

 

(19.4)

(5.3)

 

 

 

(6.4)

(3.9)

 

Research and development credit

 

(6.2)

(5.5)

 

 

 

(11.5)

(3.1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

0.8 

0.7 

 

 

 

(1.3)

(0.4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to previously accrued taxes

 

(2.6)

(2.3)

 

 

 

0.8 

0.2 

 

 

 

(3.6)

(2.2)

 

Adjustments to deferred tax assets

 

6.8 

6.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

2.4 

2.1 

 

 

 

(0.5)

(0.1)

 

 

 

3.9 

2.4 

 

Provision for income taxes

$

34.3 

30.2 

%

 

$

106.6 

28.9 

%

 

$

54.8 

33.8 

%

 

The jurisdiction having the greatest impact on the foreign tax differential reconciling item is Switzerland.

 

The reconciling item for adjustments to previously accrued taxes represents adjustments to income tax expense amounts recorded in prior years. For the years indicated, the principal reason for these adjustments was to record the release of uncertain tax positions accrued in prior years. The adjustments to the uncertain tax positions were made either because the amount that the Company was required to pay pursuant to an income tax audit was different than the amount the Company estimated it would have to pay or because the statute of limitations governing the year of the accrual expired and no audit of that year was ever conducted by the local tax authorities.

 

The effective income tax rate was 30.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014. The 1.3 percentage point increase of the effective tax rate from 2013 to 2014 was due to the following factors: an increase due to a geographic shift in earnings away from lower tax

Table of Contents


jurisdictions in 2014; an increase due to the 2012 research and development credit being recorded in 2013; a decrease due to various adjustments to previously accrued taxes; and an increase due to an adjustment for the realizability of a deferred tax asset in 2014.

 

The effective income tax rate was 28.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The 4.9 percentage point decrease of the effective tax rate from 2012 to 2013 was due primarily to a geographic shift in earnings toward lower tax jurisdictions in 2013 and to the reenactment of the U.S. research and experimentation tax credit in 2013 for the 2012 tax year.

 

In January of 2013, the President signed into law The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which contained provisions that retroactively extended the U.S. research and experimentation tax credit to January 1, 2012. Because the extension did not happen by December 31, 2012, the Company’s effective income tax rate for 2012 did not include the benefit of the credit for that year. However, because the credit was retroactively extended to include 2012, the Company recognized the full benefit of the 2012 credit in the first quarter of 2013.

 

Deferred income tax assets and (liabilities)

 

Significant components of deferred income tax assets and (liabilities) at December 31 were as follows:

 

 

2014

2013

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

Tax loss carryforwards

$

24.1 

$

13.9 

Credit carryforwards

 

6.4 

 

7.5 

Inventories

 

13.9 

 

13.2 

Restructuring

 

2.4 

 

1.2 

Pension and postretirement benefits

 

65.2 

 

52.1 

Warranty

 

4.3 

 

4.3 

Equity compensation

 

23.2 

 

25.6 

Other compensation

 

20.1 

 

21.1 

Foreign exchange

 

0.5 

 

2.0 

Other

 

 

 

9.7 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

(42.1)

 

(49.8)

Intangible assets

 

(75.8)

 

(68.9)

Other

 

(6.1)

 

 

 

 

36.1 

 

31.9 

Valuation allowances

 

(4.3)

 

(2.9)

Net deferred tax assets

$

31.8 

$

29.0 

 

The breakdown between current and long-term deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31 is as follows:

 

 

2014

2013

Current Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Current Deferred Tax Asset

$

59.3 

$

61.7 

Current Deferred Tax Liability

 

(20.1)

 

(12.4)

Net Current Deferred Tax Asset

 

39.2 

 

49.3 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-Term Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Long-Term Deferred Tax Asset

 

54.7 

 

29.6 

Long-Term Deferred Tax Liability

 

(62.1)

 

(49.9)

Net Long-Term Deferred Tax (Liability) Asset

 

(7.4)

 

(20.3)

 

 

 

 

 

Total Current and Long-Term Net Deferred Tax Asset Balance at December 31

$

31.8 

$

29.0 

 

The current deferred tax assets and current deferred tax liabilities are included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Accrued liabilities, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The long-term deferred tax assets and long-term deferred tax liabilities are included in Other assets and Other liabilities, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

 

Table of Contents


The Company has federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $10.0 million, $8.2 million and $122.2 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire in the years 2028 to 2034. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire in the years 2020 to 2027. The foreign net operating loss carryforwards include $44.2 million with no expiration date. The remainder of the foreign net operating loss carryforwards will expire in the years 2016 to 2024.

 

The Company has a federal, state and foreign tax credit carryforwards of $0.9 million, $6.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The state tax credit carryforwards are subject to a valuation allowance of $0.6 million. The federal tax credit carryforward will expire in 2034. The state credit carryforward includes $3.7 million with no expiration. The state tax credit carryforward will expire by the year 2023. The foreign credit carryforward will expire in 2019.

 

Deferred income taxes have not been provided for the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries because such earnings are indefinitely reinvested. Undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries included in the consolidated retained earnings were approximately $1,753.1 million as of December 31, 2014. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of additional tax that may be payable on the foreign earnings as there is a significant amount of uncertainty with respect to determining the amount of foreign tax credits as well as any additional local withholding tax that may arise from the distribution of these earnings. In addition, because such earnings have been indefinitely reinvested in our foreign operations, repatriation would require liquidation of those investments or a recapitalization of our foreign subsidiaries, the impact and effects of which are not readily determinable.  The Company does not plan to initiate any action that would precipitate the payment of income taxes.

 

Tax Positions

 

The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2014, was $19.2 million, all of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2013, was $23.5 million, all of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012, was $24.2 million, all of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized.

 

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as part of its income tax provision. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $1.5 million of accrued interest and penalties. For 2014, the Company recognized in its statement of earnings a net benefit of $0.2 million for interest and penalties. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $1.7 million of accrued interest and penalties. For 2013, the Company recognized in its statement of earnings a net expense of $0.1 million for interest and penalties. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $1.7 million of accrued interest and penalties. For 2012, the Company recognized in its statement of earnings a net benefit of $0.7 million for interest and penalties.

 

It is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will increase or decrease in the next 12 months. Such changes could occur based on the expiration of various statutes of limitations or the conclusion of ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions around the world. If those events occur within the next 12 months, the Company estimates that its unrecognized tax benefits amount could decrease by an amount in the range of $1.5 million to $3.5 million, the impact of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate.

 

Several tax years are subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions. In the U.S., federal tax years 2012 and after are subject to examination. In Switzerland, tax years 2010 and after are subject to examination. In most of the other countries where the Company files income tax returns, 2009 is the earliest tax year that is subject to examination. The Company believes that adequate amounts have been provided for any adjustments that may result from those examinations.

 

Table of Contents


A reconciliation of the total beginning and ending gross amounts of unrecognized tax benefits, included in Accrued liabilities and Other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, is as follows:

 

 

2014

2013

2012

Balance at January 1

$

23.5 

$

24.2 

$

23.1 

Increases / (decreases) in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

positions taken during a prior period

 

(3.3)

 

3.2 

 

6.9 

Increases / (decreases) in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

positions taken during the current period

 

1.4 

 

3.7 

 

3.0 

Increases / (decreases) in unrecognized tax benefits relating to

 

 

 

 

 

 

settlements with taxing authorities

 

(0.5)

 

(2.0)

 

(6.5)

Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits as a result of a lapse of the

 

 

 

 

 

 

applicable statute of limitations

 

(1.9)

 

(5.6)

 

(2.3)

Balance at December 31

$

19.2 

$

23.5 

$

24.2 

 

Other

 

Cash paid for income taxes, net of (refunds), was $50.8 million, $60.8 million, and $(1.4) million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

 

15.           STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS (LOSS)

 

The Class A Common Stock is voting and exchangeable for Class B Common Stock in very limited circumstances. The Class B Common Stock is non-voting and is convertible, subject to certain limitations, into Class A Common Stock.

 

At December 31, 2014, there were 803.0 million shares of authorized, unissued Class A Common Stock. Of this amount, approximately 14.5 million shares of Class A Common Stock have been reserved under employee stock incentive plans and nonemployee director plans. There were also 1.8 million shares of unissued and unreserved Class B Common Stock at December 31, 2014. These shares are available for a variety of general corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital and for facilitating acquisitions.

 

In August 2012, the Company received authorization from the Board of Directors to repurchase an additional $200 million of its Class A Common Stock for a total repurchase authority of $4.85 billion. As of December 31, 2014, there was approximately $89 million of share repurchase authority remaining. This repurchase authority allows the Company, at management’s discretion, to selectively repurchase its stock from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions depending upon market price and other factors. During 2014, the Company repurchased approximately 1.9 million shares at a cost of approximately $80 million. During 2013, the Company repurchased approximately 2.7 million shares at a cost of approximately $82 million. As of December 31, 2014, since the inception of the program in April 1996, the Company had repurchased approximately 112.2 million shares of its Class A Common Stock for an aggregate cost of approximately $4.76 billion. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had reissued approximately 0.5 million shares of previously repurchased shares in connection with certain of its employee benefit programs. As a result of these issuances as well as the retirement of 44.0 million, 16.0 million and 16.0 million shares of treasury stock in 2005, 2006 and 2008, respectively, the net treasury shares outstanding at December 31, 2014, were 35.7 million. The retired shares resumed the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

Accelerated Share Repurchase Agreements

 

The Company executed four accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) Agreements with financial institution counterparties in 2014, resulting in a total of 1.9 million shares repurchased at a cost of $80 million. The impact of the four ASRs is included in the share repurchase totals provided in the preceding paragraphs. There were no outstanding ASR Agreements as of December 31, 2014.

 

Under the terms of the ASR Agreements, the Company paid an agreed upon amount targeting a certain number of shares based on the closing price of the Company's Class A Common Stock on the date of each agreement. The Company took delivery of 85% of the shares in the initial transaction and the remaining 15% holdback provision payment was held back until final settlement of each contract occurred. The final number of shares to be delivered by the counterparty under the ASR Agreements was dependent on the average of the daily volume weighted-average price of the Company's Class A Common Stock over the agreements' trading period, a discount, and the initial number of shares delivered. Under the terms of the ASR Agreements, the Company would either receive additional shares from the counterparty or be required to deliver additional shares or cash to the counterparty in the final settlement. The Company controlled its election to either deliver additional shares or cash to the counterparty.

 

Table of Contents


The ASR Agreements discussed in the preceding paragraph were accounted for as initial treasury stock transactions and forward stock purchase contracts. The initial repurchase of shares resulted in a reduction of the outstanding shares used to calculate the weighted-average common shares outstanding for basic and diluted net income per share on the effective date of the agreements. The forward stock purchase contract (settlement provision) was considered indexed to the Company's own stock and was classified as an equity instrument under accounting guidance applicable to contracts in an entity's own equity.

 

Dividends

 

The Company’s dividend activity during the year ended December 31, 2014 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lexmark International, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

Declaration Date

 

Record Date

 

Payment Date

 

Dividend Per Share

Cash Outlay

February 20, 2014

 

March 03, 2014

 

March 14, 2014

 

$

0.30 

$

18.6 

April 24, 2014

 

May 30, 2014

 

June 13, 2014

 

 

0.36 

 

22.4 

July 24, 2014

 

August 29, 2014

 

September 12, 2014

 

 

0.36 

 

22.2 

October 23, 2014

 

November 28, 2014

 

December 12, 2014

 

 

0.36 

 

22.1 

Total Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

$

1.38 

$

85.3 

 

The payment of the cash dividends also resulted in the issuance of additional dividend equivalent units to holders of restricted stock units. Diluted weighted-average Lexmark Class A share amounts presented reflect this issuance. All cash dividends and dividend equivalent units are accounted for as reductions of Retained earnings.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Earnings (Loss)

 

The following tables provide the tax benefit or expense attributed to each component of Other comprehensive (loss) earnings:

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

Change,

Tax benefit

Change,

 

net of tax

(liability)

pre-tax

Components of other comprehensive (loss) earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

$

(71.2)

$

4.7 

$

(75.9)

Recognition of pension and other postretirement benefit plans prior service credit, net of (amortization)

 

(0.2)

 

(0.1)

 

(0.1)

Net unrealized (loss) gain on OTTI marketable securities

 

(0.1)

 

 

 

(0.1)

Net unrealized (loss) gain on marketable securities 

 

(0.8)

 

(0.2)

 

(0.6)

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges

 

15.9 

 

(1.7)

 

17.6 

Total other comprehensive (loss) earnings

$

(56.4)

$

2.7 

$

(59.1)

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

Change,

Tax benefit

Change,

 

net of tax

(liability)

pre-tax

Components of other comprehensive (loss) earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

$

(32.0)

$

3.5 

$

(35.5)

Recognition of pension and other postretirement benefit plans prior service credit

 

2.1 

 

(0.8)

 

2.9 

Net unrealized (loss) gain on marketable securities 

 

(1.1)

 

 

 

(1.1)

Forward starting interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge

 

0.9 

 

(0.5)

 

1.4 

Total other comprehensive (loss) earnings

$

(30.1)

$

2.2 

$

(32.3)

 

Table of Contents


 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

Change,

Tax benefit

Change,

 

net of tax

(liability)

pre-tax

Components of other comprehensive earnings (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

$

14.7 

$

(0.6)

$

15.3 

Recognition of pension and other postretirement benefit plans prior service credit

 

0.2 

 

0.1 

 

0.1 

Net unrealized (loss) gain on OTTI marketable securities

 

(0.6)

 

0.4 

 

(1.0)

Net unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities 

 

2.6 

 

(0.6)

 

3.2 

Forward starting interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge

 

(0.9)

 

0.5 

 

(1.4)

Total other comprehensive earnings (loss)

$

16.0 

$

(0.2)

$

16.2 

 

The change in Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) earnings, net of tax, consists of the following:

 

 

 

Recognition of

Net

 

 

Forward-Starting

 

 

 

Pension and

Unrealized

Net

 

Interest Rate

Accumulated

 

Foreign

Other

Gain (Loss) on

Unrealized

Unrealized

Swap

Other

 

Currency

Postretirement

Marketable

Gain (Loss) on

Gain on

Designated as a

Comprehensive

 

Translation

Benefit Plans

Securities –

Marketable

Cash Flow

Cash Flow

(Loss)

 

Adjustment

Prior Service Credit

OTTI

Securities

Hedges

Hedge

Earnings

Balance at December 31, 2011

$

(20.3)

$

(0.9)

$

0.7 

$

(0.6)

 

 

$

 

$

(21.1)

Net 2012 other comprehensive (loss) earnings

 

14.7 

 

0.2 

 

(0.6)

 

2.6 

 

 

 

(0.9)

 

16.0 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

(5.6)

 

(0.7)

 

0.1 

 

2.0 

 

 

 

(0.9)

 

(5.1)

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

(21.3)

 

2.1 

 

0.1 

 

(0.1)

 

 

 

0.9 

 

(18.3)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

(10.7)

 

 

 

(0.1)

 

(1.0)

 

 

 

 

 

(11.8)

Net 2013 other comprehensive earnings (loss)

 

(32.0)

 

2.1 

 

 

 

(1.1)

 

 

 

0.9 

 

(30.1)

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

(37.6)

 

1.4 

 

0.1 

 

0.9 

 

 

 

 

 

(35.2)

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

(71.2)

 

0.2 

 

0.1 

 

1.7 

 

15.9 

 

 

 

(53.3)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

(0.4)

 

(0.2)

 

(2.5)

 

 

 

 

 

(3.1)

Net 2014 other comprehensive (loss) earnings

 

(71.2)

 

(0.2)

 

(0.1)

 

(0.8)

 

15.9 

 

 

 

(56.4)

Balance at December 31, 2014

$

(108.8)

$

1.2 

$

 

$

0.1 

 

15.9 

$

 

$

(91.6)

 

Changes in the Company's foreign currency translation adjustments were due to a number of factors as the Company operates in various currencies throughout the world. The primary drivers of the unfavorable change in 2014 were decreases in the exchange rate values of approximately 11% in the Brazilian real, 12% in the Mexican peso, 12% in the Euro and 18% in the Swedish krona. The primary drivers of the unfavorable change in 2013 were decreases in the exchange rate values of approximately 8% in the Philippine peso, 13% in the Brazilian real and 19% in the South African rand. The primary drivers of the favorable change in 2012 were increases in the exchange rate values of approximately 7% in the Philippine peso, 8% in the Mexican peso and 2% in the Euro. The exchange rates referenced above are calculated as U.S. dollar per unit of foreign currency.

 

Table of Contents


For the year ended December 31, 2014, the following table provides details of amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss):

 

Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Earnings Components

 

Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Earnings

 

Affected Line Item in the Statements of Earnings

Pension and other postretirement benefits

 

 

 

 

Amortization of prior service benefit

 

0.7 

 

Note 17. Employee Pension and Postretirement Plans

 

 

(0.3)

 

Tax benefit (liability)

 

$

0.4 

 

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains and (losses) on marketable securities

 

 

 

 

Non-OTTI

$

2.8 

 

Other expense (income), net

OTTI

 

0.2 

 

Other expense (income), net

 

 

(0.3)

 

Tax benefit (liability)

 

$

2.7 

 

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

Total reclassifications for the period

$

3.1 

 

Net of tax

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the following table provides details of amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss):

 

Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Earnings Components

 

Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Earnings

 

Affected Line Item in the Statements of Earnings

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange gain recognized upon

 

 

 

 

sale of a foreign entity

$

10.7 

 

Gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets

 

 

 

 

 

Pension and other postretirement benefits

 

 

 

 

Amortization of prior service benefit

 

0.7 

 

Note 17. Employee Pension and Postretirement Plans

Pension-related losses recognized upon

 

 

 

 

sale of a subsidiary

 

(0.4)

 

Gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets

 

 

(0.3)

 

Tax benefit (liability)

 

$

 

 

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains and (losses) on

 

 

 

 

marketable securities

 

 

 

 

Non-OTTI

$

1.2 

 

Other (income) expense, net

OTTI

 

0.1 

 

Other (income) expense, net

 

 

(0.2)

 

Tax benefit (liability)

 

$

1.1 

 

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

Total reclassifications for the period

$

11.8 

 

Net of tax

 

Net Other comprehensive earnings (loss) for 2012 include amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss)Refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding pension and other postretirement plans, including the amounts amortized out of Accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss) into net periodic benefit cost for the periods presented. Refer to Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company’s cash flow hedging activity, including realized gains and losses reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss) into Net earnings for the periods presented. Refer to Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company’s investments in marketable securities, including realized gains and losses reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss) into Net earnings for the periods presented.

 

Table of Contents


16.           EARNINGS PER SHARE (“EPS”)

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted EPS calculations for the years ended December 31:

 

 

2014

2013

2012

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

$

79.1 

$

261.8 

$

107.6 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic EPS

 

62.0 

 

63.0 

 

68.6 

Effect of dilutive securities -

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock plans

 

1.2 

 

1.1 

 

0.9 

Weighted average shares used to compute diluted EPS

 

63.2 

 

64.1 

 

69.5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net EPS

$

1.28 

$

4.16 

$

1.57 

Diluted net EPS

$

1.25 

$

4.08 

$

1.55 

 

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”), stock options, and dividend equivalent units totaling an additional 0.9 million, 2.4 million and 3.8 million shares of Class A Common Stock in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively, were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted net EPS because the effect would have been antidilutive.

 

Under the terms of Lexmark’s RSU agreements, unvested RSU awards contain forfeitable rights to dividends and dividend equivalent units. Because the dividend equivalent units are forfeitable, they are defined as non-participating securities. As of December 31, 2014, there were approximately 0.2 million dividend equivalent units outstanding, which will vest at the time that the underlying RSU vests.

 

In addition to the 0.9 million antidilutive shares for the year ended December 31, 2014, mentioned above, unvested restricted stock units with a performance condition that were granted in the first quarter of 2014 and 2013 were also excluded from the computation of diluted EPS. According to FASB guidance on EPS, contingently issuable shares are excluded from the computation of diluted EPS if, based on current period results, the shares would not be issuable if the end of the reporting period were the end of the contingency period. If the performance condition were to become satisfied based on actual financial results and the performance awards would have a dilutive impact on EPS, the performance awards included in the diluted EPS calculation would be in the range of 0.1 million to 0.4 million shares depending on the level of achievement. Refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding restricted stock awards with a performance condition.

 

The Company executed four accelerated share repurchase agreements with financial institution counterparties in 2014, resulting in a total of 1.9 million shares repurchased at a cost of $80 million during the year. The ASRs had a favorable impact to basic and diluted EPS in 2014.

 

In addition to the 2.4 million antidilutive shares for the year ended December 31, 2013 mentioned above, unvested restricted stock units with a performance condition that were granted in the first quarter of 2013 were also excluded from the computation of diluted EPS.

 

The Company executed four accelerated share repurchase agreements with financial institution counterparties in 2013, resulting in a total of 2.7 million shares repurchased at a cost of $82 million during the year. The ASRs had a favorable impact to basic and diluted EPS in 2013.

 

The Company executed four accelerated share repurchase agreements with financial institution counterparties in 2012, resulting in a total of 8.1 million shares repurchased at a cost of $190 million over the third and fourth quarter. The ASRs had a favorable impact to basic and diluted EPS in 2012.

 

17.           EMPLOYEE PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT PLANS

 

Lexmark and its subsidiaries have defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans that cover certain of its regular employees, and a supplemental plan that covers certain executives. Medical, dental and life insurance plans for retirees are provided by the Company and certain of its non-U.S. subsidiaries.

 

Table of Contents


Defined Benefit Plans

 

The non-U.S. pension plans are not significant and use economic assumptions similar to the U.S. pension plan and therefore are not shown separately in the following disclosures.

 

Obligations and funded status at December 31:

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Postretirement Benefits

 

2014

2013

 

2014

2013

Change in Benefit Obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$

806.6 

$

883.2 

 

$

30.9 

$

37.9 

Service cost

 

4.4 

 

4.8 

 

 

0.6 

 

0.7 

Interest cost

 

35.1 

 

32.3 

 

 

1.1 

 

1.1 

Contributions by plan participants

 

3.3 

 

2.7 

 

 

3.1 

 

3.7 

Actuarial loss (gain)

 

105.8 

 

(63.3)

 

 

(2.4)

 

(2.4)

Benefits paid

 

(52.6)

 

(57.0)

 

 

(7.1)

 

(7.4)

Foreign currency exchange rate changes

 

(17.8)

 

4.1 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan amendments and adjustments

 

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

 

 

(2.7)

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

884.8 

 

806.6 

 

 

26.2 

 

30.9 

Change in Plan Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

692.1 

 

660.6 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

65.6 

 

60.3 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributions by the employer

 

25.2 

 

21.1 

 

 

4.0 

 

3.7 

Benefits paid

 

(52.6)

 

(57.0)

 

 

(7.1)

 

(7.4)

Foreign currency exchange rate changes

 

(13.5)

 

3.9 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan adjustments

 

 

 

0.5 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributions by plan participants

 

3.3 

 

2.7 

 

 

3.1 

 

3.7 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

720.1 

 

692.1 

 

 

 

 

 

Unfunded status at end of year

$

(164.7)

$

(114.5)

 

$

(26.2)

$

(30.9)

 

The actuarial loss above for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily due to changes in discount rate assumptions. Also increasing the loss was a change in mortality assumptions to reflect a new set of mortality tables finalized by the Society of Actuaries on October 24, 2014, which included longer life expectancies than projected by past tables.

 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position:

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Postretirement Benefits

 

2014

2013

 

2014

2013

Noncurrent assets

$

4.2 

$

8.3 

 

$

 

$

 

Current liabilities

 

(1.4)

 

(1.4)

 

 

(3.3)

 

(3.7)

Noncurrent liabilities

 

(167.5)

 

(121.4)

 

 

(22.9)

 

(27.2)

Net amount recognized

$

(164.7)

$

(114.5)

 

$

(26.2)

$

(30.9)

 

Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and Deferred Tax Accounts:

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Postretirement Benefits

 

2014

2013

 

2014

2013

Prior service credit (cost)

$

0.4 

$

0.5 

 

$

1.3 

$

2.0 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans was $870.0 million and $798.5 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Table of Contents


Pension plans with a benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31:

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Benefit Obligation

Plan Assets

 

Benefit Obligation

Plan Assets

Plans with projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets

$

880.7 

$

711.8 

 

$

767.8 

$

645.0 

Plans with accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets

 

867.2 

 

711.8 

 

 

760.8 

 

645.0 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Postretirement Benefits

 

2014

2013

2012

 

2014

2013

2012

Net Periodic Benefit Cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

$

4.4 

$

4.8 

$

3.6 

 

$

0.6 

$

0.7 

$

0.8 

Interest cost

 

35.1 

 

32.3 

 

34.0 

 

 

1.1 

 

1.1 

 

1.4 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(44.6)

 

(43.0)

 

(42.1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of prior service cost (credit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.7)

 

(0.8)

 

(0.2)

Immediate recognition of net loss (gain)

 

82.9 

 

(80.6)

 

23.4 

 

 

(2.4)

 

(2.4)

 

(1.6)

Settlement, curtailment or termination benefit loss

 

 

 

 

 

6.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.7 

Net periodic benefit cost 

$

77.8 

$

(86.5)

$

25.6 

 

$

(1.4)

$

(1.4)

$

1.1 

 

The Settlement, curtailment or termination benefit losses totaling $7.4 million in 2012 are the net result of restructuring losses in the U.S. of $7.9 million and a curtailment gain in France of $0.5 million.

 

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) (pre-tax) for the years ended December 31:

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Pension Benefits

Other Postretirement Benefits

Total

 

Pension Benefits

Other Postretirement Benefits

Total

 

Pension Benefits

Other Postretirement Benefits

Total

New prior service (credit) cost

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

(0.7)

$

(2.7)

$

(3.4)

 

$

 

$

0.1 

$

0.1 

Amortization or curtailment recognition of prior service  credit (cost)

 

 

 

0.7 

 

0.7 

 

 

 

 

0.8 

 

0.8 

 

 

 

 

0.2 

 

0.2 

Total amount recognized in AOCI for the period

 

 

 

0.7 

 

0.7 

 

 

(0.7)

 

(1.9)

 

(2.6)

 

 

 

 

0.3 

 

0.3 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

77.8 

 

(1.4)

 

76.4 

 

 

(86.5)

 

(1.4)

 

(87.9)

 

 

25.6 

 

1.1 

 

26.7 

Total amount recognized in net periodic benefit cost and AOCI for the period

$

77.8 

$

(0.7)

$

77.1 

 

$

(87.2)

$

(3.3)

$

(90.5)

 

$

25.6 

$

1.4 

$

27.0 

 

The estimated prior service credit for the other defined benefit postretirement plan that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss) into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $0.7 million.

 

Table of Contents


Assumptions:

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Postretirement Benefits

 

2014

2013

 

2014

2013

Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligations at December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

3.7 

%

4.6 

%

 

3.3 

%

3.9 

%

Rate of compensation increase

3.5 

%

3.0 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Postretirement Benefits

 

2014

2013

2012

 

2014

2013

2012

Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost for Years Ended December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

4.6 

%

3.9 

%

4.5 

%

 

3.9 

%

3.5 

%

4.0 

%

Expected long-term return on plan assets

6.7 

%

6.9 

%

7.2 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate of compensation increase

3.0 

%

3.1 

%

2.6 

%

 

 

 

4.0 

%

4.0 

%

 

Plan assets:

 

Plan assets are invested in equity securities, government and agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, corporate debt, annuity contracts and other securities. The U.S. defined benefit plan comprises a significant portion of the assets and liabilities relating to the defined benefit plans. The investment goal of the U.S. defined benefit plan is to achieve an adequate net investment return in order to provide for future benefit payments to its participants. Asset allocation percentages are targeted to be 36% equity and 64% fixed income investments by December 31, 2015. The U.S. pension plan employs professional investment managers to invest in U.S. equity, global equity, international developed equity, emerging market equity, U.S. fixed income, high yield bonds and emerging market debt. Each investment manager operates under an investment management contract that includes specific investment guidelines, requiring among other actions, adequate diversification, prudent use of derivatives and standard risk management practices such as portfolio constraints relating to established benchmarks. The plan currently uses a combination of both active management and passive index funds to achieve its investment goals.

 

The Company uses third parties to report the fair values of its plan assets. The Company tested the fair value of the portfolio and default level assumptions provided by the third parties as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 using the following procedures:

 

 

 

 

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for pension assets measured at fair value. Refer to Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the accounting framework for measuring fair value and the related fair value hierarchy.

 

Commingled trust funds: Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the funds are traded or at the net asset value per unit at year end as quoted by the funds as the basis for current transactions.

 

Mutual and money market funds: Valued at the per share (unit) published as the basis for current transactions.

 

Fixed income: Valued at quoted prices, broker dealer quotations, or other methods by which all significant inputs are generally observable, either directly or indirectly. If significant inputs are unobservable, the security is classified as Level 3.

 

U.S. equity securities: Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the securities are traded or at quoted prices in markets that are not active, broker dealer quotations, or other methods by which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

Table of Contents


The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Commingled trust funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed income

$

 

$

251.1 

$

 

$

251.1 

 

$

 

$

210.1 

$

 

$

210.1 

International equity large-cap

 

 

 

82.3 

 

 

 

82.3 

 

 

 

 

92.9 

 

 

 

92.9 

International equity small-cap

 

 

 

17.3 

 

 

 

17.3 

 

 

 

 

20.8 

 

 

 

20.8 

Emerging market equity

 

 

 

21.7 

 

 

 

21.7 

 

 

 

 

24.5 

 

 

 

24.5 

Emerging market debt

 

 

 

25.7 

 

 

 

25.7 

 

 

 

 

26.6 

 

 

 

26.6 

Global equity

 

 

 

36.0 

 

 

 

36.0 

 

 

 

 

39.2 

 

 

 

39.2 

U.S. equity

 

 

 

83.0 

 

 

 

83.0 

 

 

 

 

89.8 

 

 

 

89.8 

Real estate

 

 

 

5.1 

 

 

 

5.1 

 

 

 

 

4.8 

 

 

 

4.8 

Fixed income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government and agency debt securities

 

 

 

33.4 

 

 

 

33.4 

 

 

 

 

33.0 

 

 

 

33.0 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

144.1 

 

1.2 

 

145.3 

 

 

 

 

133.0 

 

1.6 

 

134.6 

Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

9.7 

 

3.1 

 

12.8 

 

 

 

 

11.1 

 

2.5 

 

13.6 

U.S. equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalent

 

 

 

4.4 

 

 

 

4.4 

 

 

 

 

2.3 

 

 

 

2.3 

Subtotal

 

 

 

713.8 

 

4.3 

 

718.1 

 

 

 

 

688.1 

 

4.1 

 

692.2 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.2 

Employer and benefits payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2.3)

Total assets at fair value

$

 

$

713.8 

$

4.3 

$

720.1 

 

$

 

$

688.1 

$

4.1 

$

692.1 

 

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets at December 31:

 

 

2014 

 

2013 

 

Total 

Fixed Income - Corporate debt securities 

Fixed Income - Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities

 

Total 

Fixed Income - Corporate debt securities 

Fixed Income - Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities

Fair value at beginning of year

$

4.1 

$

1.6 

$

2.5 

 

$

2.0 

$

2.0 

$

 

Actual return on plan assets - assets held at reporting date

 

0.1 

 

0.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets - assets sold during period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

 

(0.1)

Purchases, sales and settlements, net

 

0.1 

 

(0.5)

 

0.6 

 

 

2.6 

 

 

 

2.6 

Transfers in/(transfers out), net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.4)

 

(0.4)

 

 

Fair value at end of year

$

4.3 

$

1.2 

$

3.1 

 

$

4.1 

$

1.6 

$

2.5 

 

Table of Contents


Defined Contribution Plans

 

Lexmark also sponsors defined contribution plans for employees in certain countries. Company contributions are generally based upon a percentage of employees’ contributions. The Company’s expense under these plans was $28.8 million, $28.3 million and $26.0 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Additional Information

 

Other postretirement benefits:

 

No health care cost trend rates were assumed for the 2014 postretirement plan liabilities.  This was based on the actual spend rate experience of retirees and preset caps having been met for the net employer cost of postretirement medical benefits.

 

Related to Lexmark’s acquisition of the Information Products Corporation from IBM in 1991, IBM agreed to pay for its pro rata share (currently estimated at $11.9 million) of future postretirement benefits for all the Company’s U.S. employees based on prorated years of service with IBM and the Company.

 

Cash flows:

 

In 2015, the Company is currently expecting to contribute approximately $15 million to its pension and other postretirement plans.

 

Lexmark estimates that the future benefits payable for the pension and other postretirement plans are as follows:

 

 

Pension Benefits

Other Postretirement Benefits

2015

$

49.2 

$

3.3 

2016

 

48.9 

 

3.1 

2017

 

48.3 

 

3.0 

2018

 

48.2 

 

2.9 

2019

 

48.4 

 

2.7 

2020-2024

 

243.6 

 

10.5 

 

18.           DERIVATIVES AND RISK MANAGEMENT

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

Lexmark’s activities expose it to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company’s risk management program seeks to reduce the potentially adverse effects that market risks may have on its operating results.

 

Lexmark maintains a foreign currency risk management strategy that uses derivative instruments to protect its interests from unanticipated fluctuations in earnings caused by volatility in currency exchange rates. The Company does not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes nor does it hold or issue leveraged derivative instruments. Lexmark maintains an interest rate risk management strategy that may, from time to time use derivative instruments to minimize significant, unanticipated earnings fluctuations caused by interest rate volatility. By using derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in exchange rates and interest rates, the Company exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Lexmark manages exposure to counterparty credit risk by entering into derivative financial instruments with highly rated institutions that can be expected to fully perform under the terms of the agreement. Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a financial instrument that results from a change in currency exchange rates or interest rates. The Company manages exposure to market risk associated with interest rate and foreign exchange contracts by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.

 

Fair Value Hedges

 

Lexmark uses fair value hedges to reduce the potentially adverse effects that market volatility may have on its operating results. Fair value hedges are hedges of recognized assets or liabilities. Lexmark enters into forward exchange contracts to hedge accounts receivable, accounts payable and other monetary assets and liabilities. The forward contracts used in this program generally mature in three months or less, consistent with the underlying asset or liability. Foreign exchange forward contracts may be used as fair value hedges in situations where derivative instruments expose earnings to further changes in exchange rates.

 

Table of Contents


Cash Flow Hedges

 

Cash flow hedges are hedges of forecasted transactions or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability. From time to time, Lexmark enters into foreign exchange options generally expiring within twelve months as hedges of anticipated sales that are denominated in foreign currencies. These contracts are entered into to protect against the risk that the eventual cash flows resulting from such transactions will be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates.

 

Lexmark entered into a forward starting interest rate swap in December 2012 that was designated as a cash flow hedge. The Company used this instrument to lock in interest rates for a forecasted issuance of debt. The instrument hedged the risk of changes in cash flows attributable to changes in the benchmark three-month LIBOR interest rate for the first seven years of interest payments, on the first $325 million of debt issued in the first quarter of 2013. The instrument was settled at $0.0 million upon the issuance of debt by the Company in the first quarter of 2013.

 

Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities

 

All derivatives are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at their fair value. Fair values for Lexmark’s derivative financial instruments are based on pricing models or formulas using current market data, or where applicable, quoted market prices. On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge, based upon the nature of the underlying hedged item. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective as — and that is designated and qualifies as — a fair value hedge, along with the loss or gain on the hedged asset or liability are recorded in current period earnings in Cost of revenue or Other expense (income), net on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective as — and that is designated and qualifies as — a cash flow hedge of a forecasted sale is recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, until the underlying transactions occur, at which time the loss or gain on the derivative is recorded in current period earnings in Revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Derivatives qualifying as hedges are included in the same section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as the underlying assets and liabilities being hedged.

 

Lexmark formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge items. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value and cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to forecasted transactions, as appropriate. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of hedged items. When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively, as discussed below.

 

Lexmark discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (1) it is determined that a derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item, (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or (3) the derivative is discontinued as a hedge instrument, because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair value hedge, the derivative will continue to be carried on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at its fair value. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative will continue to be carried on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at its fair value, and gains and losses that were recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss are recognized immediately in earnings. In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative will be carried at its fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, with changes in its fair value recognized in current period earnings.

 

Table of Contents


Fair Value Hedges

 

Net outstanding notional amount as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 of derivative activity for the Company’s forward exchange contracts is as follows. This activity was driven by fair value hedges of recognized assets and liabilities primarily denominated in the currencies below:

 

Long (Short) Positions by Currency (in USD)

December 31, 2014

EUR/USD

$

133.4 

GBP/USD

 

66.0 

EUR/GBP

 

(34.4)

Other, net

 

(17.9)

Total

$

147.1 

 

Long (Short) Positions by Currency (in USD)

December 31, 2013

CAD/USD

$

18.5 

MXN/USD

 

17.1 

CNY/USD

 

(15.2)

Other, net

 

0.6 

Total

$

21.0 

 

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had the following net derivative assets (liabilities) recorded at fair value in Prepaid expenses and other current assets (Accrued liabilities) on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position for its fair value hedges:

 

 

Net Asset Position

 

Net (Liability) Position

Foreign Exchange Contracts

2014

2013

 

2014

2013

Gross asset position

$

 

$

0.6 

 

$

0.6 

$

0.2 

Gross (liability) position

 

 

 

(0.5)

 

 

(3.9)

 

(0.4)

Net asset (liability) position (1)

 

 

 

0.1 

 

 

(3.3)

 

(0.2)

Gross amounts not offset (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amounts

$

 

$

0.1 

 

$

(3.3)

$

(0.2)

 

(1) Amounts presented in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

(2) Amounts not offset in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

 

The Company had the following (gains) and losses related to derivative instruments qualifying and designated as fair value hedging instruments and related hedged items recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings:

 

 

Recorded in Cost of revenue*

 

Recorded in Other expense (income), net

Fair Value Hedging Relationships

2014

2013

2012

 

2014

2013

2012

Foreign Exchange Contracts

$

6.5 

$

(2.8)

$

2.0 

 

$

0.3 

$

1.7 

$

(3.6)

Underlying

 

(3.6)

 

15.2 

 

3.6 

 

 

(0.5)

 

(1.3)

 

1.5 

Total

$

2.9 

$

12.4 

$

5.6 

 

$

(0.2)

$

0.4 

$

(2.1)

 

* Gains and losses recorded in Cost of revenue are included in Product on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings

 

Table of Contents


Cash Flow Hedges

 

The Company’s cash flow hedging contracts are not subject to master netting agreements or other terms under U.S. GAAP that allow net presentation in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The total notional amounts as of December 31, 2014 of the Company’s foreign exchange options designated as cash flow hedges of anticipated Euro and British pound denominated sales were $683.3 million and $56.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had the following gross derivative assets (liabilities) recorded at fair value in Prepaid expenses and other current assets (Accrued liabilities) on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position for its cash flow hedges:

 

Foreign Exchange Contracts

2014

Gross asset position

$

28.3 

Gross (liability) position

 

(8.6)

 

The Company had the following gains and (losses) related to derivative instruments qualifying and designated as cash flow hedging instruments and related hedged items recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

Location of gain

 

Pre-tax amount of

 

Amount of after-tax

 

(loss) reclassified

 

gain (loss)

 

gain (loss) recognized

 

from Accumulated

 

reclassified from

 

in Other

 

other comprehensive

 

Accumulated other

 

Comprehensive

 

loss into Net

 

comprehensive loss

 

(loss) earnings

 

earnings

 

into Net earnings

Cash Flow Hedging

(effective portion)

 

(effective portion)

 

(effective portion)

Relationships

2014

 

 

 

2014

Foreign Exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contracts

$

15.9 

 

Revenue

 

$

 

 

During the fourth quarter of 2014, Lexmark entered into foreign exchange option contracts as hedges of anticipated foreign currency denominated sales. The settlement of these contracts and subsequent recognition in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings will begin in the first quarter of 2015 and continue throughout the year as the underlying hedged transactions occur. As of December 31, 2014, deferred net gains on derivative instruments recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss were $17.6 million pre-tax, all of which, if realized, will be reclassified into earnings during the next 12 months. No gains or losses were reclassified into earnings for cash flow hedges for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 or 2012. Ineffective portions of hedges are immediately recognized in current period earnings. There were no material gains or losses related to the ineffective portion of hedges recognized in 2014, 2013 or 2012.

 

Additional information regarding derivatives can be referenced in Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Concentrations of Risk

 

Lexmark’s main concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalent investments, marketable securities and trade receivables. Cash equivalents and marketable securities investments are made in a variety of high quality securities with prudent diversification requirements. The Company seeks diversification among its cash investments by limiting the amount of cash investments that can be made with any one obligor. Credit risk related to trade receivables is dispersed across a large number of customers located in various geographic areas. Collateral such as letters of credit and bank guarantees is required in certain circumstances. In addition, the Company uses credit insurance for specific obligors to limit the impact of nonperformance. Lexmark sells a large portion of its products through third-party distributors and resellers and original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) customers. If the financial condition or operations of these distributors, resellers and OEM customers were to deteriorate substantially, the Company’s operating results could be adversely affected. The three largest distributor, reseller and OEM customers collectively represented $108 million or approximately 19% of the dollar amount of outstanding invoices at December 31, 2014 and $107 million or approximately 18% of the dollar amount of outstanding invoices at December 31, 2013. One OEM customer accounted for $42 million or approximately 7% of the dollar amount of outstanding invoices at December 31, 2014 and $48 million or approximately 8% of the dollar amount of outstanding invoices at December 31, 2013. Lexmark performs ongoing credit evaluations of the financial position of its third-party distributors, resellers and other customers to determine appropriate credit limits.

 

Lexmark generally has experienced longer accounts receivable cycles in its emerging markets, in particular, Latin America, when compared to its U.S. and European markets. In the event that accounts receivable cycles in these developing markets lengthen further, the Company could be adversely affected.

 

Table of Contents


Lexmark also procures a wide variety of components used in the manufacturing process. Although many of these components are available from multiple sources, the Company often utilizes preferred supplier relationships to better ensure more consistent quality, cost and delivery. The Company also sources some printer engines and finished products from OEMs. Typically, these preferred suppliers maintain alternate processes and/or facilities to ensure continuity of supply. Although Lexmark plans in anticipation of its future requirements, should these components not be available from any one of these suppliers, there can be no assurance that production of certain of the Company’s products would not be disrupted.

 

19.           COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Commitments

 

Lexmark is committed under operating leases (containing various renewal options) for rental of office and manufacturing space and equipment. Rent expense (net of rental income) was $41.9 million, $41.7 million and $39.2 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Future minimum rentals under terms of non-cancelable operating leases (net of sublease rental income commitments) as of December 31, 2014, were as follows:

 

 

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

Thereafter

Minimum lease payments (net of sublease rental income)

$

34.8 

$

26.3 

$

20.5 

$

14.2 

$

10.0 

$

15.4 

 

Guarantees and Indemnifications

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide performance guarantees to certain customers pursuant to which Lexmark has guaranteed the performance obligation of third parties. Some of those agreements may be backed by bank guarantees provided by the third parties. In general, Lexmark would be obligated to perform over the term of the guarantee in the event a specified triggering event occurs as defined by the guarantee. The Company believes the likelihood of having to perform under a guarantee is remote.

 

In most transactions with customers of the Company’s products, software, services or solutions, including resellers, the Company enters into contractual arrangements under which the Company may agree to indemnify the customer from certain events as defined within the particular contract, which may include, for example, litigation or claims relating to patent or copyright infringement. These indemnities do not always include limits on the claims, provided the claim is made pursuant to the procedures required in the contract. Historically, payments made related to these indemnifications have been immaterial.

 

Contingencies

 

The Company is involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings, including those identified below, consisting of intellectual property, commercial, employment, employee benefits and environmental matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. In addition, various governmental authorities have from time to time initiated inquiries and investigations, some of which are ongoing, including concerns regarding the activities of participants in the markets for printers and supplies. The Company intends to continue to cooperate fully with those governmental authorities in these matters.

 

Pursuant to the accounting guidance for contingencies, the Company regularly evaluates the probability of a potential loss of its material litigation, claims or assessments to determine whether a liability has been incurred and whether it is probable that one or more future events will occur confirming the loss. If a potential loss is determined by the Company to be probable, and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company establishes an accrual for the litigation, claim or assessment. If it is determined that a potential loss for the litigation, claim or assessment is less than probable, the Company assesses whether a potential loss is reasonably possible, and will disclose an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss; provided, however, if a reasonable estimate cannot be made, the Company will provide disclosure to that effect. On at least a quarterly basis, management confers with outside counsel to evaluate all current litigation, claims or assessments in which the Company is involved. Management then meets internally to evaluate all of the Company’s current litigation, claims or assessments. During these meetings, management discusses all existing and new matters, including, but not limited to, (i) the nature of the proceeding; (ii) the status of each proceeding; (iii) the opinions of legal counsel and other advisors related to each proceeding; (iv) the Company’s experience or experience of other entities in similar proceedings; (v) the damages sought for each proceeding; (vi) whether the damages are unsupported and/or exaggerated; (vii) substantive rulings by the court; (viii) information gleaned through settlement discussions; (ix) whether there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals or motions; (x) whether there are significant factual issues to be resolved; and/or (xi) whether the matters involve novel legal issues or unsettled legal theories. At these meetings, management concludes whether accruals are required for each matter because a potential loss is determined to be probable and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated; whether an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss can be made for matters in which a potential loss is not probable, but reasonably possible; or whether a reasonable estimate cannot be made for a matter.

 

Table of Contents


Litigation is inherently unpredictable and may result in adverse rulings or decisions. In the event that any one or more of these litigation matters, claims or assessments result in a substantial judgment against, or settlement by, the Company, the resulting liability could also have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Lexmark v. Static Control Components, Inc.

 

On December 30, 2002 (“02 action”) and March 16, 2004 (“04 action”), the Company filed claims against Static Control Components, Inc. (“SCC”) in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Kentucky (the “District Court”) alleging violation of the Company’s intellectual property and state law rights. SCC filed counterclaims against the Company in the District Court alleging that the Company engaged in anti-competitive and monopolistic conduct and unfair and deceptive trade practices in violation of the Sherman Act, the Lanham Act and state laws. SCC has stated in its legal documents that it is seeking approximately $17.8 million to $19.5 million in damages for the Company’s alleged anticompetitive conduct and approximately $1 billion for Lexmark’s alleged violation of the Lanham Act. SCC is also seeking treble damages, attorney fees, costs and injunctive relief. On September 28, 2006, the District Court dismissed the counterclaims filed by SCC that alleged the Company engaged in anti-competitive and monopolistic conduct and unfair and deceptive trade practices in violation of the Sherman Act, the Lanham Act and state laws. On June 20, 2007, the District Court Judge ruled that SCC directly infringed one of Lexmark’s patents-in-suit. On June 22, 2007, the jury returned a verdict that SCC did not induce infringement of Lexmark’s patents-in-suit.

 

Appeal briefs for the 02 and 04 actions were filed with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit (“Sixth Circuit”) by SCC and the Company. In a decision dated August 29, 2012, the Sixth Circuit upheld the jury’s decision that SCC did not induce patent infringement and the District Court’s dismissal of SCC’s federal antitrust claims. The procedural dismissal of Static Control’s Lanham Act claim and state law unfair competition claims by the District Court were reversed and remanded to the District Court. A writ of certiorari was requested by the Company with the U.S. Supreme Court over the Sixth Circuit’s decision regarding the Lanham Act. On June 3, 2013, the Company was notified that the U.S. Supreme Court granted the Company’s writ of certiorari. The U.S. Supreme Court issued its opinion on March 25, 2014 affirming the judgment of the Sixth Circuit. The case has been remanded to the District Court for further proceedings on SCC’s Lanham Act and state law unfair competition claims against the Company.

 

The Company has not established an accrual for the SCC litigation, because it has not determined that a loss with respect to such litigation is probable. Although there is a reasonable possibility of a potential loss with respect to the SCC litigation, with SCC’s Lanham Act and state law claims being dismissed in the early stages of the litigation and just remanded to the District Court, the Company does not believe a reasonable estimate of the range of possible loss is currently possible in view of the uncertainty regarding the amount of damages, if any, that could be awarded in this matter.

 

Nuance Communications, Inc. v. ABBYY Software House, et al.

 

Nuance Communications, Inc. (“Nuance”) filed suit against the Company and ABBYY Software House and ABBYY USA Software House (collectively “ABBYY”) in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California (“District Court”). Nuance alleges that the Company and ABBYY have infringed three U.S. patents related to Optical Character Recognition (“OCR”) and document management technologies. The Company, and the Company’s supplier of the accused OCR technology, ABBYY, denied infringement and raised affirmative defenses to the allegations of patent infringement. A two week jury trial was held in August of 2013. At trial, Nuance was seeking approximately $31 million in damages from the Company for the alleged infringement and, in addition, requested that this amount be trebled for alleged willful infringement. The jury returned a verdict of non-infringement on all counts. A final judgment was entered in favor of the Company and ABBYY by the District Court on August 26, 2013. Nuance filed post-judgment motions seeking a judgment as a matter of law, or in the alternative, for a new trial. Nuance’s motion was denied by the District Court on December 10, 2013. Nuance’s appeal to the Federal Circuit Court of Appeals was filed on July 2, 2014.

 

The Company has not established an accrual for the Nuance litigation because it has not determined that a loss with respect to such litigation is probable. Although there is a reasonable possibility of a potential loss with respect to the Nuance litigation, given the finding of non-infringement by the jury, the District Court’s denial of Nuance’s post-trial motion and ABBYY USA’s indemnification obligations, the Company does not believe a reasonable estimate of the range of possible loss is currently possible in view of the uncertainty regarding the amount of damages, if any, that could be awarded in this matter.

 

Copyright Fees

 

Certain countries (primarily in Europe) and/or collecting societies representing copyright owners’ interests have taken action to impose fees on devices (such as scanners, printers and multifunction devices) alleging the copyright owners are entitled to compensation because these devices enable reproducing copyrighted content. Other countries are also considering imposing fees on certain devices. The amount of fees, if imposed, would depend on the number of products sold and the amounts of the fee on each product, which will vary by product and by country. The Company has accrued amounts that it believes are adequate to address the risks related to the copyright fee issues currently pending. The financial impact on the Company, which will depend in large part upon

Table of Contents


the outcome of local legislative processes, the Company’s and other industry participants’ outcome in contesting the fees and the Company’s ability to mitigate that impact by increasing prices, which ability will depend upon competitive market conditions, remains uncertain. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has accrued approximately $56.3 million for pending copyright fee charges, including litigation proceedings, local legislative initiatives and/or negotiations with the parties involved. Although it is reasonably possible that amounts may exceed the amount accrued by the Company, such amount, or range of possible loss, given the complexities of the legal issues in these matters, cannot be reasonably estimated by the Company at this time.

 

As of December 31, 2014, approximately $51.1 million of the $56.3 million accrued for the pending copyright fee issues was related to single function printer devices sold in Germany prior to December 31, 2007. For the period after 2007, the German copyright levy laws were revised and the Company has been making payments under this revised copyright levy scheme related to single function printers sold in Germany.

 

The VerwertungsGesellschaft Wort (“VG Wort”), a collection society representing certain copyright holders, instituted legal proceedings against Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”) in July of 2004 relating to whether and to what extent copyright levies for photocopiers should be imposed in accordance with copyright laws implemented in Germany on single function printers. The Company is not a party to this lawsuit, although the Company and VG Wort entered into an agreement in October 2002 pursuant to which both VG Wort and the Company agreed to be bound by a decision of the court of final appeal in the VG Wort/HP litigation. On December 6, 2007, the Bundesgerichtshof (the “German Federal Supreme Court”) in the VG Wort litigation with HP issued a judgment that single function printer devices sold in Germany prior to December 31, 2007 are not subject to levies under the then existing law (German Federal Supreme Court, file reference I ZR 94/05). VG Wort filed an appeal with the Bundesverfassungsgericht (the “German Federal Constitutional Court”) challenging the ruling that single function printers are not subject to levies. On September 21, 2010, the German Federal Constitutional Court published a decision holding that the German Federal Supreme Court erred by not considering referring questions on interpretation of German copyright law to the Court of Justice of the European Communities (“CJEU”) and therefore revoked the German Federal Supreme Court decision and remitted the matter to it. On July 21, 2011, the German Federal Supreme Court stayed the proceedings and submitted several questions regarding the interpretation of Directive 2001/29/EC on the harmonization of certain aspects of copyright and related rights in the information society to the CJEU for a decision. The CJEU issued its opinion on June 27, 2013 and the matter has been remitted back to the German Federal Supreme Court for further proceedings. On July 3, 2014, the German Federal Supreme Court announced its judgment finding that single function printers are covered under the pre-2008 German copyright levy laws and remanded the matter back to the lower courts to assess the amount of any such copyright levy.

 

In December 2009, VG Wort instituted non-binding arbitration proceedings against the Company before the arbitration board of the Patent and Trademark Office in Munich relating to whether, and to what extent, copyright levies should be imposed on single function printers sold by the Company in Germany from 2001 to 2007. In its submissions to the Patent and Trademark Office in Munich the Company asserted that all claims for levies on single function printers sold by the Company in Germany should be dismissed. On February 22, 2011 the arbitration board issued a partial decision finding that the claims of VG Wort for the years 2001 through 2005 are time barred by the statute of limitations. On October 27, 2011, the arbitration board further found that the copyright levy claims for single function printers for the years 2006 and 2007 should be dismissed pursuant to the October 2002 agreement between the Company and VG Wort finding the parties agreed to be bound by the judgment of the German Federal Supreme Court of December 6, 2007 which dismissed VG Wort’s copyright levy claims for single function printers. VG Wort has filed objections against these non-binding decisions and, on April 25, 2012, filed legal action against the Company in the Munich (Civil) Court of Appeals seeking to collect copyright levies for single function printers sold by the Company in Germany from 2001 to 2007. In contesting VG Wort’s filing, the Company is seeking the Munich (Civil) Court of Appeals’ determination that the Company does not owe copyright levies for single function printers sold by the Company in Germany for the contested period. On June 6, 2013, the Munich (Civil) Court of Appeals ruled that the Company’s payment obligation for single-function printers sold until 2007 is dependent on the final outcome of the industry-wide litigation of VG Wort vs. HP described above. On June 26, 2013, the Company filed a complaint against denial of leave of appeal with the German Federal Supreme Court. On June 12, 2014, the German Federal Supreme Court denied the Company’s appeal.  The Company has appealed the decision to the Bundesverfassungsgericht (the “German Federal Constitutional Court”) challenging the lower court’s ruling.

 

The Company believes the amounts accrued represent its best estimate of the copyright fee issues currently pending and these accruals are included in Accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

 

Other Litigation

 

There are various other lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings involving the Company that are currently pending. The Company has determined that although a potential loss is reasonably possible for certain matters, that for such matters in which it is possible to estimate a loss or range of loss, the estimate of the loss or estimate of the range of loss are not material to the Company’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

 

Table of Contents


20.           SEGMENT DATA

 

Lexmark operates in the office imaging and enterprise content and business process management markets. The Company is managed primarily along two segments:  ISS and Perceptive Software.

 

ISS offers a broad portfolio of monochrome and color laser printers and laser multifunction products as well as a wide range of supplies and services covering its printing products and technology solutions. In August 2012, the Company announced it will exit the development and manufacturing of inkjet technology. The Company will continue to provide service, support and aftermarket supplies for its inkjet installed base.

 

Perceptive Software offers a complete suite of ECM, BPM, DOM, intelligent data capture and search software as well as associated industry specific solutions. On February 29, March 13, and March 16, 2012, the Company acquired Brainware, Nolij and ISYS, respectively, which all joined the Company’s Perceptive Software segment. These acquisitions further strengthen the Company’s products, content/business process management solutions and managed print services. On December 28, 2012, the Company expanded its presence within the healthcare sector with the acquisition of Acuo which also joined the Perceptive Software segment. On March 1, 2013, the Company acquired AccessVia and Twistage as well as Saperion on September 16, 2013, further expanding and strengthening the solutions available in the Perceptive Software segment. On October 3, 2013, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of PACSGEAR which is also reported in the Perceptive Software segment starting in the fourth quarter of 2013. On August 19, 2014, the Company acquired ReadSoft, growing software offerings with additional document process automation capabilities and expanding its footprint in Europe in the Perceptive Software segment. On October 14, 2014, the Company acquired GNAX Health, a provider of image exchange software technology for exchanging medical content between medical facilities. In January of 2015, subsequent to the date of the financial statements, Lexmark announced the acquisition of Claron, a leading provider of medical image viewing, distribution, sharing and collaboration software technology.

 

The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on revenue and operating income, and does not include segment assets or non-operating income/expense items for management reporting purposes. Segment operating income (loss) includes: selling, general and administrative; research and development; restructuring and related charges; and other expenses, certain of which are allocated to the respective segments based on internal measures and may not be indicative of amounts that would be incurred on a stand-alone basis or may not be indicative of results of other enterprises in similar businesses. All other operating income (loss) includes significant expenses that are managed outside of the reporting segments. These unallocated costs include such items as information technology expenses, certain occupancy costs, certain pension and other postretirement benefit plan costs, stock-based compensation and certain other corporate and regional general and administrative expenses such as finance, legal and human resources. Acquisition-related costs and integration expenses are also included primarily in All other.

 

The following table includes information about the Company’s reportable segments:

 

 

2014

2013

2012

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ISS

$

3,414.8 

$

3,444.0 

$

3,641.6 

Perceptive Software

 

295.7 

 

223.6 

 

156.0 

Total revenue

$

3,710.5 

$

3,667.6 

$

3,797.6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

ISS

$

645.4 

$

770.3 

$

601.0 

Perceptive Software

 

(88.5)

 

(79.5)

 

(72.1)

All other

 

(407.7)

 

(281.6)

 

(337.4)

Total operating income (loss)

$

149.2 

$

409.2 

$

191.5 

 

Operating income (loss) noted above for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes restructuring charges of $15.0 million in ISS, $3.5 million in All other, and $11.0 million in Perceptive Software. Operating income (loss) related to Perceptive Software for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes $72.8 million of amortization expense related to intangible assets acquired by the Company. All other for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes a pension and other postretirement benefit plan asset and actuarial net loss of $80.5 million.

 

Operating income (loss) noted above for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes a Gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets of $103.1 million in ISS and $(29.6) million in All other. Operating income (loss) noted above for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes restructuring charges of $25.2 million in ISS, $4.7 million in Perceptive Software, and $7.9 million in All other. Operating income (loss) related to Perceptive Software for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes $56.4 million of amortization expense related to intangible assets acquired by the Company. Operating income (loss) related to All other for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes a pension and other postretirement benefit plan asset and actuarial net gain of $83.0 million.

Table of Contents


 

Operating income (loss) noted above for the year ended December 31, 2012 includes restructuring charges of $85.5 million in ISS, $19.1 million in All other, and $0.7 million in Perceptive Software. Operating income (loss) related to Perceptive Software for the year ended December 31, 2012 includes $40.9 million of amortization expense related to intangible assets acquired by the Company. All other for the year ended December 31, 2012 includes a pension and other postretirement benefit plan asset and actuarial net loss of $21.8 million.

 

During 2014, 2013 and 2012, no one customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues.

 

The following is revenue by geographic area for the year ended December 31:

 

 

2014

2013

2012

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

$

1,607.2 

$

1,576.8 

$

1,695.5 

EMEA (Europe, the Middle East & Africa)

 

1,368.8 

 

1,353.5 

 

1,320.3 

Other International

 

734.5 

 

737.3 

 

781.8 

Total revenue

$

3,710.5 

$

3,667.6 

$

3,797.6 

 

Sales are attributed to geographic areas based on the location of customers. Other International revenue includes exports from the U.S. and Europe. In 2014, revenue of $375.8 million is attributed to external customers in Germany, up from $343.7 million in 2013 and $302.7 million in 2012.

 

The following is long-lived asset information by geographic area as of December 31:

 

 

2014

2013

Long-lived assets:

 

 

 

 

United States

$

476.7 

$

466.2 

EMEA (Europe, the Middle East & Africa)

 

89.4 

 

101.5 

Other International

 

220.0 

 

244.7 

Total long-lived assets

$

786.1 

$

812.4 

 

Long-lived assets above include net property, plant and equipment and exclude goodwill and net intangible assets.

 

The following is revenue by product category for the year ended December 31:

 

 

2014

2013

2012

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hardware (1)

$

782.1 

$

762.8 

$

826.5 

Supplies (2)

 

2,445.9 

 

2,484.4 

 

2,640.1 

Software and Other (3)

 

482.5 

 

420.4 

 

331.0 

Total revenue

$

3,710.5 

$

3,667.6 

$

3,797.6 

 

(1) Includes laser, inkjet, and dot matrix hardware and the associated features sold on a unit basis or through a managed service agreement

(2) Includes laser, inkjet, and dot matrix supplies and associated supplies services sold on a unit basis or through a managed service agreement

(3) Includes parts and service related to hardware maintenance and includes software licenses and the associated software maintenance services sold on a unit basis or as a subscription service

 

21.           SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On January 2, 2015, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Claron in a cash transaction. Refer to Note 4, Business Combinations and Divestitures, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements regarding details of the Company’s acquisition of Claron subsequent to the date of the financial statements.

 

On February 19, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $0.36 per share of Class A Common Stock. The dividend is payable March 13, 2015 to stockholders of record on March 2, 2015.

Table of Contents


 

Subsequent to the date of the financial statements, the Company entered into and settled an ASR Agreement with a financial institution counterparty, resulting in a total of approximately 0.7 million shares repurchased at a cost of $30 million. Upon delivery of these shares, the number of shares held in treasury increased from approximately 35.7 million shares to approximately 36.4 million shares. The payment of $30 million by the Company to the financial institution counterparty for the repurchase of shares was funded from available U.S. cash equivalents and current marketable securities.

 

22.            QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

$

877.7 

$

891.8 

$

918.1 

$

1,022.9 

Gross profit (1)

 

341.6 

 

351.2 

 

357.3 

 

359.7 

Operating income (loss) (1)

 

53.9 

 

62.4 

 

54.5 

 

(21.6)

Net earnings (loss) (1)

 

29.3 

 

37.5 

 

37.9 

 

(25.6)

Basic EPS* (1)

$

0.47 

$

0.60 

$

0.61 

$

(0.42)

Diluted EPS* (1)

 

0.46 

 

0.59 

 

0.60 

 

(0.42)

Dividend declared per share

 

0.30 

 

0.36 

 

0.36 

 

0.36 

Stock prices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

$

46.29 

$

48.16 

$

51.17 

$

43.40 

Low

 

34.40 

 

41.52 

 

42.43 

 

37.99 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

$

884.3 

$

886.7 

$

890.5 

$

1,006.1 

Gross profit (2)

 

336.4 

 

341.9 

 

347.9 

 

417.8 

Operating income (2)

 

62.3 

 

135.6 

 

60.6 

 

150.8 

Net earnings (2)

 

40.0 

 

94.1 

 

33.7 

 

94.0 

Basic EPS* (2)

$

0.63 

$

1.49 

$

0.54 

$

1.51 

Diluted EPS* (2)

 

0.62 

 

1.47 

 

0.53 

 

1.48 

Dividend declared per share

 

0.30 

 

0.30 

 

0.30 

 

0.30 

Stock prices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

$

28.32 

$

32.19 

$

41.11 

$

38.02 

Low

 

21.79 

 

25.45 

 

31.79 

 

33.31 

 

      The Company acquired AccessVia and Twistage in March of 2013, Saperion in September of 2013, PACSGEAR in October of 2013, ReadSoft in August of 2014 and GNAX Health in October of 2014. The consolidated financial results include the results of these acquisitions subsequent to the date of acquisition. Refer to Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information regarding the Perceptive Software segment, which includes the activities of all acquired businesses.

 

      The sum of the quarterly data may not equal annual amounts due to rounding.

 

*    The sum of the quarterly earnings (loss) per share amounts does not necessarily equal the annual earnings (loss) per share due to changes in average share calculations. This is in accordance with prescribed reporting requirements.

 

(1) Net earnings for the first quarter of 2014 included $11.9 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans and $22.0 million of pre-tax charges in connection with intangible amortization and integration costs associated with the Company’s acquisitions.

 

Net earnings for the second quarter of 2014 included $11.8 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans, $23.5 million of pre-tax charges in connection with intangible amortization and integration costs associated with the Company’s acquisitions, and a pension and other postretirement benefit plan net gain of $2.9 million.

 

Table of Contents


Net earnings for the third quarter of 2014 included $11.7 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans and $27.4 million of pre-tax charges in connection with intangible amortization and integration costs associated with the Company’s acquisitions.

 

Net loss for the fourth quarter of 2014 included $10.4 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans, $29.0 million of pre-tax charges in connection with intangible amortization and integration costs associated with the Company’s acquisitions, and a pension and other postretirement benefit plan net loss of $83.4 million.

 

(2) Net earnings for the first quarter of 2013 included $9.1 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans and $15.7 million of pre-tax charges in connection with intangible amortization and integration costs associated with the Company’s acquisitions.

 

Net earnings for the second quarter of 2013 included a $73.5 million pretax Gain on sale of inkjet-related technology and assets, $13.3 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans and $16.2 million of pre-tax charges in connection with intangible amortization and integration costs associated with the Company’s acquisitions.

 

Net earnings for the third quarter of 2013 included $17.7 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans and $19.1 million of pre-tax charges in connection with intangible amortization and integration costs associated with the Company’s acquisitions.

 

Net earnings for the fourth quarter of 2013 included $14.4 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans, $23.5 million of pre-tax charges in connection with intangible amortization and integration costs associated with the Company’s acquisitions, and a pension and other postretirement benefit plan net gain of $83.0 million.


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lexmark International, Inc.:

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position and the related consolidated statements of earnings, of comprehensive earnings, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lexmark International, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2)  presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated  financial statements.  Also in our opinion, the Company did not maintain, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) because a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting related to the monitoring and oversight of controls over the completeness, existence, accuracy and presentation and disclosure of the Company’s accounting for income taxes, including the income tax provision and related tax assets and liabilities existed as of that date. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness referred to above is described in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.  We considered this material weakness in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2014 consolidated financial statements and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements.  The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in management’s report referred to above.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded ReadSoft AB and its subsidiaries ("ReadSoft") from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 because it was acquired by the Company in a business acquisition during 2014. We have also excluded ReadSoft from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. ReadSoft is a 97.8%-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenue represent 2.2% and 1.1%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Lexington, Kentucky

March 2, 2015


Table of Contents


Item 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None

 

Item 9A.           CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The Company has established disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission and, as such, is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management, together with our CEO and CFO, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act, as of December 31, 2014.  Based on their evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that, due to a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as described below, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2014. In light of the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting, we completed substantive procedures, including validating the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used for accounting for income taxes,  prior to filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K..

 

These additional procedures have allowed us to conclude that, notwithstanding the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, the consolidated financial statements included in this report fairly present, in all material respects, the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the CEO and CFO, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 based upon Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).

 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

As of December 31, 2014, we did not maintain effective monitoring and oversight of controls over the completeness, existence, accuracy and presentation and disclosure of our accounting for income taxes, including the income tax provision and related tax assets and liabilities. Specifically, there were errors in the reconciliation of account balances as they were not performed timely and at a level of precision to identify errors, errors in the calculation of certain deferred tax balances and incorrect balance sheet classification and disclosure of certain balances in the notes to the financial statements. These errors resulted in adjustments to our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

The errors arising from the underlying deficiency are not material to the financial statements reported in any interim or annual period and therefore, did not result in a revision to previously filed financial statements. However, this control deficiency could result in misstatements of the aforementioned accounts and disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected in a timely manner. Accordingly, we have determined that this control deficiency constitutes a material weakness.

 

Because of this material weakness, management concluded that we did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria described in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

 

Table of Contents


The Company’s management has excluded ReadSoft AB and its subsidiaries ("ReadSoft") from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, because it was acquired by us in a business acquisition during 2014. ReadSoft is a 97.8% owned subsidiary whose total assets were 2.2% and total revenues were 1.1% of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

 

Remediation of the Material Weakness

 

The Company is evaluating the material weakness and developing a plan of remediation to strengthen our overall internal control over accounting for income taxes.  The remediation plan will include the following actions:

 

 

The Company is committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment and believes that these remediation efforts will represent significant improvements in our controls.  The Company has started to implement these steps, however, some of these steps will take time to be fully integrated and confirmed to be effective and sustainable. Additional controls may also be required over time. Until the remediation steps set forth above are fully implemented and tested, the material weakness described above will continue to exist.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2014, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s  internal control over financial reporting.

 

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

 

The Company’s management, including the Company’s CEO and CFO, does not expect that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures or the Company’s internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, regardless of how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system will be met.  These inherent limitations include the following:

 

 

 

 

 

Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected.

 

Item  9B.           OTHER INFORMATION

 

None


Table of Contents


Part III

 

Item 10.           DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Except with respect to information regarding the executive officers of the Registrant and the Company’s code of ethics, the information required by Part III, Item 10 of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference herein, and made part of this Form 10-K, from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year. The required information is included in the definitive Proxy Statement under the headings “Election of Directors” and “Report of the Finance and Audit Committee.” The information with respect to the executive officers of the Registrant is included under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Item 1 above. The Company has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers (including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer) and employees, known as the Code of Business Conduct. The Code of Business Conduct, as well as the Company’s Corporate Governance Principles and the charters of each of the committees of the Board of Directors, is available on the Corporate Governance section of the Company’s Investor Relations website at http://investor.lexmark.com. The Company also intends to disclose on the Corporate Governance section of its Investor Relations website any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and any waivers from the provisions of the Code of Business Conduct that apply to the principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer, and that relate to any elements of the code of ethics enumerated by the applicable regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission (Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K). Anyone may request a free copy of the Corporate Governance Principles, the charters of each of the committees of the Board of Directors or the Code of Business Conduct from:

 

Lexmark International, Inc.

Attention: Investor Relations

One Lexmark Centre Drive

740 West New Circle Road

Lexington, Kentucky 40550

(859) 232-5568

 

The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) requires that the Chief Executive Officer of each listed Company certify annually to the NYSE that he or she is not aware of any violation by the Company of NYSE corporate governance listing standards as of the date of such certification. The Company submitted the certification of its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Paul A. Rooke, for 2014 with its Annual Written Affirmation to the NYSE on May 7, 2014.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission requires that the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of the Company make certain certifications pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and file the certifications as exhibits with each Annual Report on Form 10-K. In connection with this Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with respect to the year ended December 31, 2014, these certifications were made by Paul A. Rooke, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and David Reeder, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the Company and are included as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Item 11.           EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Information required by Part III, Item 11 of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year, and of which information is hereby incorporated by reference in, and made part of, this Form 10-K. The required information is included in the definitive Proxy Statement under the headings “Compensation Discussion & Analysis,” “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report.”

 

Item 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Information required by Part III, Item 12 of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year, and of which information is hereby incorporated by reference in, and made part of, this Form 10-K. The required information is included in the definitive Proxy Statement under the headings “Security Ownership by Management and Principal Stockholders” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

 

Table of Contents


Item 13.           CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Information required by Part III, Item 13 of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year, and of which information is hereby incorporated by reference in, and made part of, this Form 10-K. The required information is included in the definitive Proxy Statement under the headings “Composition of Board and Committees,” “Related Person Transactions,” “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation.”

 

Item 14.           PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Information required by Part III, Item 14 of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year, and of which information is hereby incorporated by reference in, and made part of, this Form 10-K. The required information is included in the definitive Proxy Statement under the heading “Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Auditors.”


Table of Contents


Part IV

 

Item 15.           EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)   (1) Financial Statements:

 

Financial statements filed as part of this Form 10-K are included under Part II, Item 8.

 

        (2) Financial Statement Schedule:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm included in Part II, Item 8

123

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014:

 

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

129

 

 

All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related Notes.

 

       (3) Exhibits

 

Exhibits for the Company are listed in the Index to Exhibits beginning on page 131.


Table of Contents


LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

(In Millions)

 

(A)

 

(B)

 

(C)

 

(D)

 

(E)

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

Description

Balance at Beginning of Period

Charged to Costs and Expenses

Charged to Other Accounts

Deductions

Balance at End of Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$

9.3 

$

(0.5)

$

 

$

(1.4)

$

7.4 

Deferred tax asset valuation allowances

 

4.8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$

7.4 

$

0.2 

$

 

$

(2.1)

$

5.5 

Deferred tax asset valuation allowances

 

4.8 

 

(1.9)

 

 

 

 

 

2.9 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$

5.5 

$

 

$

 

$

(0.5)

$

5.0 

Deferred tax asset valuation allowances

 

2.9 

 

 

 

3.4 

 

(2.0)

 

4.3 


Table of Contents


SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Lexington, Commonwealth of Kentucky, on March 2, 2015.

 

 

LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul A. Rooke

 

 

Name: Paul A. Rooke

 

 

Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the following capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

Title

Date

 

 

 

/s/   Paul A. Rooke

 

Paul A. Rooke

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

/s/   David Reeder

 

David Reeder

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

*

 

Jared L. Cohon

Director

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

*

 

J. Edward Coleman

Director

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

*

 

W. Roy Dunbar

Director

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

*

 

William R. Fields

Director

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

*

 

Ralph E. Gomory

Director

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

*

 

Stephen R. Hardis

Director

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

*

 

Sandra L. Helton

Director

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

*

 

Robert Holland, Jr.

Director

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

*

 

Michael J. Maples

Director

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

*

 

Jean-Paul L. Montupet

Director

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

*

 

Kathi P. Seifert

Director

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

/s/    *David Reeder, Attorney-in-Fact

 

*David Reeder, Attorney-in-Fact

 

 


Table of Contents


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

Exhibit

 

 

Period

 

Filing

Filed

Number

Exhibit Description

Form

Ending

Exhibit

Date

Herewith

2

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 29, 2000, by and between Lexmark International, Inc. (the “Company”) and Lexmark International Group, Inc.

10-Q

3/31/00

2

5/10/00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

8-K

 

3.1

4/26/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

Company By-Laws, as Amended and Restated April 25, 2013.

8-K

 

3.2

4/26/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

Form of Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2008, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.

8-K

 

4.1

5/22/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

Form of First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2008, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.

8-K

 

4.2

5/22/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

Form of Global Note of the Company’s 6.650% Senior Notes due 2018.

8-K

 

4.2

5/22/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

Form of Indenture, dated as of March 4, 2013, between the Company and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee.

8-K

 

4.1

3/4/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

Form of First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 4, 2013, by and among the Company, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, and Citibank, N.A., as Securities Administrator.

8-K

 

4.2

3/4/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.6

Form of Global Note of the Company’s 5.125% Senior Notes due 2020.

8-K

 

4.3

3/4/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.7

Specimen of Class A Common Stock Certificate.

10-K

12/31/10

3.1

2/28/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1990, between the Company and Canon Inc., and Amendment thereto.*

S-1/A

 

10.4

11/13/95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

Agreement, dated as of March 26, 1991, between the Company and Hewlett-Packard Company.*

S-1/A

 

10.5

11/13/95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

Patent Cross-License Agreement, effective October 1, 1996, between the Company and Hewlett-Packard Company.*

10-Q/A

9/30/96

10

11/6/96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

Amended and Restated Lease Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1991, between the Company and IBM, and First Amendment, dated as of March 1, 1991, thereto.

S-1

 

10.6

9/22/95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2000, between the Company and IBM.

10-K

12/31/01

10.5

3/19/02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6

Credit Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2012, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and SunTrust Bank and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., as Co-Documentation Agents.

8-K

 

10.1

1/23/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2014, by and among the Company, as Borrower, Perceptive Software, LLC, as Subsidiary Guarantor, the Lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

8-K

 

10.1

2/6/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents


10.8

Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2013, by and among Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Seller; Gotham Funding Corporation, as an Investor; Fifth Third Bank, as an Investor Agent and a Bank; The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch, as Program Agent, an Investor Agent and a Bank; the Company, as Collection Agent and Originator; and Perceptive Software, LLC, as an Originator.

10-Q

9/30/13

10.1

11/7/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9

Amended and Restated Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2013, by and between the Company and Perceptive Software, LLC, as Sellers; and Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Purchaser.

10-Q

9/30/13

10.2

11/7/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10

Omnibus Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement and Amended and Restated Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2014.

8-K

 

10.1

10/15/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11

Master Inkjet Sale Agreement by and among the Company, Lexmark International Technology, S.A., and Funai Electric Company, Ltd., dated April 1, 2013.

10-Q

3/31/13

10.1

5/9/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12

Company Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated, effective April 23, 2009.+

DEF14A

 

A

3/6/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan.+

10-Q

9/30/10

10.2

11/3/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14

Form of Performance-Based Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan.+

10-Q

6/30/09

10.1

8/3/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15

Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan for Awards made prior to 2013.+

10-K

12/31/08

10.24

2/27/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16

Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan for Awards made in 2013.+

8-K

 

10.1

2/26/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17

Form of 2012-2014 Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan.+

8-K

 

10.1

2/28/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18

Form of 2013 Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan.+

8-K

 

10.3

3/14/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19

Form of 2013-2015 Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan.+

8-K

 

10.2

3/14/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20

Form of 2012-2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement pursuant to the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan.+

8-K

 

10.2

2/28/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21

Form of 2013-2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement pursuant to the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan.+

8-K

 

10.1

3/14/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.22

Company 2013 Equity Compensation Plan, effective April 25, 2013.+

8-K

 

10.1

4/26/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents


10.23

Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Company’s 2013 Equity Compensation Plan.+

8-K

 

10.1

2/25/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.24

Form of 3-Year Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement Company’s 2013 Equity Compensation Plan.+

8-K

 

10.2

2/25/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.25

Form of 1-Year Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement Company’s 2013 Equity Compensation Plan.+

8-K

 

10.3

2/25/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.26

Form of 3-Year Long-Term Incentive Plan Award Agreement Company’s 2013 Equity Compensation Plan.+

8-K

 

10.4

2/25/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.27

Company Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, as Amended and Restated, effective April 30, 1998.+

10-Q

6/30/98

10.1

8/11/98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.28

Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, dated as of February 11, 1999.+

10-Q

3/31/99

10.2

5/12/99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.29

Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, dated as of April 29, 1999.+

10-Q

6/30/99

10.3

8/10/99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.30

Amendment No. 3 to the Company’s Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, dated as of July 24, 2003.+

10-Q

6/30/03

10.1

8/13/03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.31

Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, dated as of April 22, 2004.+

10-Q

6/30/04

10.1

8/6/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.32

Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, dated as of December 19, 2008.+

10-K

12/31/08

10.31

2/27/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.33

Form of Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Company’s Nonemployee Director Stock Plan.+

10-Q

6/30/98

10.2

8/11/98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.34

Company 2005 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, as Amended and Restated, effective January 1, 2009.+

10-K

12/31/08

10.33

2/27/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.35

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan.+

10-Q

9/30/06

10.3

11/7/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36

Form of Initial Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan.+

10-Q

9/30/06

10.4

11/7/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.37

Form of Annual Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan.+

10-K

12/31/09

10.37

2/26/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.38

Company Senior Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated, effective January 1, 2009.+

10-K

12/31/08

10.39

2/27/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.39

Form of Executive Severance Agreement entered into as of November 1, 2014, by and between the Company and each of Paul A. Rooke, Gary D. Stromquist, Martin S. Canning, Robert J. Patton, and Scott T.R. Coons.+

8-K

 

10.1

11/6/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.40

Form of Change in Control Agreement entered into as of November 1, 2012, by and between the Company and each of Paul A. Rooke and Martin S. Canning.+

10-Q

9/30/12

10.3

11/7/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents


10.41

Form of Change in Control Agreement entered into as of November 1, 2012, by and between the Company and each of Robert J. Patton and Gary D. Stromquist, and as of July 1, 2013, by and between the Company and Scott T.R. Coons.+

10-Q

9/30/12

10.4

11/7/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.42

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Executive Officers.+

10-Q

9/30/98

10.2

11/12/98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.43

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors.+

8-K

 

10.1

7/22/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.44

Description of Compensation Payable to Nonemployee Directors.+

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.1

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

Power of Attorney.

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

Certification of Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1

Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.2

Certification of Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

Interactive Data Files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

X

_____________________

 

* 

Confidential treatment previously granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

 

 

 



Exhibit 10.44

 

 

Director Compensation Policy

 

The following table sets forth the compensation payable to nonemployee directors of Lexmark International, Inc.:

 

Annual Retainer Fee

$60,000

Annual Retainer Fee – Finance and Audit Committee

$15,000

Annual Retainer Fee – Compensation and Pension Committee

$10,000

Annual Retainer Fee – Other Committees

$8,000

Annual Chair Retainer Fee – Finance and Audit Committee

$25,000

Annual Chair Retainer Fee – Compensation and Pension Committees

$15,000

Annual Chair Retainer Fee – Other Committees

$10,000

Presiding Director Annual Retainer Fee

$25,000

Initial Equity Award (Restricted Stock Units)

$150,000

Annual Equity Award (Restricted Stock Units)

$150,000

 

Terms of Equity Awards

 

Initial Equity Award (Restricted Stock Units)

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Equity Award (Restricted Stock Units)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Stock Units: Pursuant to the terms of the Lexmark International, Inc. 2005 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, each nonemployee director may defer his or her retainer and/or meeting fees into Deferred Stock Units based on the fair market value of Lexmark Class A Common Stock on the date of deferral. The Deferred Stock Units are eligible for settlement initially on June 30th in the fifth year following the date of grant.

 



 

Exhibit 12.1

 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

(Dollars in Millions, Except Ratios)

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

Earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

$

350.2 

 

$

275.2 

 

$

107.6 

 

$

261.8 

 

$

79.1 

Provision for income taxes

 

84.5 

 

 

63.2 

 

 

54.8 

 

 

106.6 

 

 

34.3 

Amortization of capitalized interest

 

0.7 

 

 

1.2 

 

 

1.3 

 

 

1.3 

 

 

1.2 

Fixed charges excluding interest capitalized

 

50.9 

 

 

53.2 

 

 

49.4 

 

 

50.6 

 

 

50.1 

Total

 

486.3 

 

 

392.8 

 

 

213.1 

 

 

420.3 

 

 

164.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense (gross of interest income)

 

41.9 

 

 

43.3 

 

 

42.6 

 

 

44.0 

 

 

42.5 

Amortization of deferred financing expense

 

2.0 

 

 

2.0 

 

 

1.8 

 

 

1.2 

 

 

1.4 

Interest capitalized

 

2.1 

 

 

0.3 

 

 

0.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest component of rental expense

 

7.0 

 

 

7.9 

 

 

5.0 

 

 

5.4 

 

 

6.2 

Total

 

53.0 

 

 

53.5 

 

 

49.7 

 

 

50.6 

 

 

50.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

9.2 

 

 

7.3 

 

 

4.3 

 

 

8.3 

 

 

3.3 

 

 



 

Exhibit 21

 

Subsidiaries of

 

LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

Subsidiaries

State or Country of Incorporation

CEEmark-CS Ltd

Jersey

CEEmark Limited

Jersey

Foxray Research and Development AG

Germany

Lexington Care, LLC

Delaware

Lexington Tooling Corporation

Delaware

Lexmark Asia Pacific Corporation, Inc.

Delaware

Lexmark Bilgi Islem Urunleri Ticaret Limited Sirketi

Turkey

Lexmark Canada, Inc.

Canada

Lexmark Deutschland GmbH

Germany

Lexmark Espana, L.L.C.

Delaware

Lexmark Espana, L.L.C. & Cia, S.C.

Spain

Lexmark Europe Holding Company I, LLC

Delaware

Lexmark Europe Holding Company, II, LLC

Delaware

Lexmark Europe S.A.R.L.

France

Lexmark Europe Trading Corporation, Inc.

Delaware

Lexmark Financial Services, LLC

Delaware

Lexmark Government Solutions, LLC

Delaware

Lexmark Handelsgesellschaft m.b.H.

Austria

Lexmark Internacional, S.A. de C.V.

Mexico

Lexmark Internacional Servicios, S. de R.L. de C.V.

Mexico

Lexmark International Africa Sarl

Morocco

Lexmark International Algeria Sarl

Algeria

Lexmark International (Asia) S.A.R.L.

Switzerland

Lexmark International (Australia) Pty Ltd

Australia

Lexmark International BH d.o.o.

Bosnia

Lexmark International Bulgaria EOOD

Bulgaria

Lexmark International B.V.

Netherlands

Lexmark International (China) Limited

China

Lexmark International CRT d.o.o.

Croatia

Lexmark International (Czech) s.r.o.

Czech Republic

Lexmark International de Argentina, Inc.

Delaware

Lexmark International de Chile Ltda

Chile

Lexmark International de Mexico, S de RL de CV

Mexico

Lexmark International de Peru, SRL

Peru

Lexmark International de Uruguay S.A.

Uruguay

Lexmark International do Brasil Ltda.

Brazil

Lexmark International Egypt Ltd.

Egypt

Lexmark International Financial Services Company Ltd.

Ireland

Lexmark International (India) Private Limited

India

Lexmark International Investment Corporation

Delaware

Lexmark International, K.K.

Japan

Lexmark International Ltd.

U.K.

Lexmark International (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.

Malaysia

Lexmark International Middle East FZ-LLC

Dubai

Lexmark International Polska Sp.Z.o.o

Poland

Lexmark International (Portugal) Servicos de Assistencia e Marketing, Unipessoal, Lda.

Portugal

Lexmark International Puerto Rico

Puerto Rico

 

 


Lexmark International RS d.o.o.

Serbia

Lexmark International Rus LLC.

Russia

Lexmark International S.A.

Belgium

Lexmark International Saudi Arabia LLC

Saudi Arabia

Lexmark International S.A.S.U.

France

Lexmark International SCI

France

Lexmark International (Singapore) Pte Ltd

Singapore

Lexmark International (Slovakia) s.r.o.

Slovakia

Lexmark International South Africa (Pty) Limited

South Africa

Lexmark International S.r.l.

Italy

Lexmark International Technology Hungaria Kft

Hungary

Lexmark International Technology Romania Srl

Romania

Lexmark International Technology S.A.

Switzerland

Lexmark International Trading Corp.

Delaware

Lexmark Magyarország Kft

Hungary

Lexmark Mexico Holding Company, Inc.

Delaware

Lexmark Nordic, L.L.C.

Delaware

Lexmark Operaciones Mexico, S. de R.L de C.V.

Mexico

Lexmark Information Technology (China) Company Ltd

China

Lexmark Receivables Corporation

Delaware

Lexmark Research & Development Corporation

Philippines

Lexmark S.A. (Korea) Ltd.

Korea

Lexmark (Schweiz) AG

Switzerland

Pallas Athena Caribbean B.V.

Curacao

Perceptive Software Deutschland GmbH

Germany

Perceptive Software, LLC

Delaware

Perceptive Software R&D B.V.

Netherlands

Perceptive Software USA, Inc.

Delaware

ReadSoft AB

Sweden

ReadSoft AG

Germany

ReadSoft AG

Switzerland

ReadSoft AS

Denmark

ReadSoft Asia

Malaysia

ReadSoft B.V.

Netherlands

ReadSoft Development AS

Denmark

ReadSoft Espana S.L.

Spain

ReadSoft Expert Systems AB

Sweden

ReadSoft Financial AB

Sweden

ReadSoft Inc.

Illinois

ReadSoft Latvia SIA

Latvia

ReadSoft Ltd.

United Kingdom

ReadSoft Ltda

Brazil

ReadSoft Norge AS

Norway

ReadSoft Oy

Finland

ReadSoft Pty Ltd.

Australia

ReadSoft S.A.

Chile

ReadSoft SAS

France

ReadSoft Software Services AB

Sweden

ReadSoft Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd.

South Africa

ReadSoft sp z.o.o

Poland

ReadSoft Sverige AB

Sweden

ReadSoft US Solutions Lab, Inc.

North Carolina

Saperion Ltd

U.K.

 



 

Exhibit 23

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-186255) and Form S-8 (Nos. 33-99330, 33-80879, 333-87851, 333-88303, 333-53228, 333-178451 and 333-202239) of Lexmark International, Inc. of our report dated March 2, 2015 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10K.

 

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Lexington, Kentucky

March 2, 2015

 

 

 

 

 



 

Exhibit 24

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

 

              KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director or an officer, or both, of Lexmark International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lexmark”), does hereby make, constitute and appoint Paul A. Rooke, David Reeder and Robert J. Patton, the address of each of which is in care of Lexmark, One Lexmark Centre Drive, Lexington, Kentucky 40550, and each of them, the true and lawful attorney for the undersigned, with full power of substitution and revocation to each for the undersigned, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign in any and all capacities and to file or cause to be filed, an annual report on Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any and all amendments to such Form 10-K, hereby giving to each of such attorneys full power to do everything whatsoever required or necessary to be accomplished in and about the premises as fully as the undersigned could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys or substitutes or any of them shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

 

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has set his hand this 2nd day of March, 2015.

 

/s/ Jared L. Cohon

 

/s/ J. Edward Coleman

Jared L. Cohon

 

J. Edward Coleman

 

 

 

/s/ W. Roy Dunbar

 

/s/ William R. Fields

W. Roy Dunbar

 

William R. Fields

 

 

 

/s/ Ralph E. Gomory

 

/s/ Stephen R. Hardis

Ralph E. Gomory

 

Stephen R. Hardis

 

 

 

/s/ Sandra L. Helton

 

/s/ Robert Holland, Jr.

Sandra L. Helton

 

Robert Holland, Jr.

 

 

 

/s/ Michael J. Maples

 

/s/ Jean-Paul L. Montupet

Michael J. Maples

 

Jean-Paul L. Montupet

 

 

 

/s/ Kathi P. Seifert

 

 

 Kathi P. Seifert

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE

13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a),

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Paul A. Rooke, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lexmark International, Inc.;

 

  1. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  1. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  1. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  1. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  1. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  1. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  1. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  1. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  1. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  1. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date:  March 2, 2015

 

 

/s/ Paul A. Rooke

 

 

Paul A. Rooke

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 



 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE

13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a),

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, David Reeder, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lexmark International, Inc.;

 

  1. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  1. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  1. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  1. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  1. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  1. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  1. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  1. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  1. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  1. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date:  March 2, 2015

 

 

/s/ David Reeder

 

 

David Reeder

 

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 



 

Exhibit 32.1

 

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Lexmark International, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Paul A. Rooke, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

DatedMarch 2, 2015

 

 

/s/ Paul A. Rooke

 

 

Paul A. Rooke

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

 

 

 



 

Exhibit 32.2

 

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Lexmark International, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, David Reeder, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

Dated:  March 2, 2015

 

 

/s/ David Reeder

 

 

David Reeder

 

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

 

 

 

 

 


lxk-20141231.xml
Attachment: XBRL INSTANCE DOCUMENT


lxk-20141231.xsd
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION SCHEMA


lxk-20141231_cal.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION CALCULATION LINKBASE


lxk-20141231_def.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION DEFINITION LINKBASE


lxk-20141231_lab.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION LABEL LINKBASE


lxk-20141231_pre.xml
Attachment: XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION PRESENTATION LINKBASE